2012 Annual Report
Our Communities | Our Leaders
x2ns at, sonom a cou n t y
rya n mobil e bot t l ing, na pa cou n t y
s a n r a fa el a ir port, m a r in cou n t y
Financial Performance
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
At December 31,
Total assets
Total loans
Total deposits
Total stockholders’ equity
Equity-to-asset ratio
For the Year Ended December 31,
Net income
Net income per share (diluted)
Cash dividend payout ratio on common stock1
As of December 31,
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
1 Calculated as dividends on common share divided by basic net income per common share.
$ 1,434,749
1,073,952
1,253,289
151,792
$ 1,393,263
1,031,154
1,202,972
135,551
$ 1,208,150
941,400
1,015,739
121,920
$ 1,121,672
917,748
944,061
109,051
$ 1,049,557
890,544
852,290
125,546
10.6%
9.7%
10.1%
9.7%
12.0%
$
17,817
3.28
21.0%
$
$
15,564
2.89
22.1%
13,552
2.55
23.6%
$
12,765
2.19
25.8%
$
12,150
2.31
23.9%
13.71%
13.13%
13.34%
12.33%
14.08%
Bank of Marin Bancorp
2012 Annual Report
1
A Message from the
President & Chairman of the Board
In challenging times the difference between attaining success and not is the result of good
leadership. Bank of Marin has been a leader in the community in many areas throughout our
history. Our employees lead by example, and collectively our staff and board of directors
volunteered more than 10,000 hours in 2012, with numerous employees contributing 100
hours. We were recognized as a “Top Corporate Philanthropist in the Bay Area” for the tenth
year in a row for our cash contributions to local charities, and over the years we’ve donated
close to $3 million to deserving organizations. At Bank of Marin, we believe it is
our responsibility as a leading member of the community to support and partner with local
nonprofits and businesses, creating a positive cycle of ongoing opportunity and success.
We lead in business banking, with the largest market share of business deposits in Marin.
With our help, many of our customers have taken a leading role in shaping the vibrancy of
the North Bay. In Marin, Bob Herbst of San Rafael Airport led the way for the largest solar
installation in the county, providing clean energy to more than a thousand Marin Clean
Energy customers. Andy Ryan in Napa owns and operates high speed mobile bottling trucks,
bringing critical services to even the most remote winery businesses so they can grow and
succeed. And Kathy Witkowicki of Sonoma Mentoring Alliance leads an amazing group of
450 volunteers who actively and enthusiastically mentor local kids.
We believe in leadership development. As part of our plan to develop next generation
leaders at Bank of Marin, we have implemented a leadership development program for
new Branch Managers. Our first three graduates have succeeded in their new roles in the
branches and a new class is now in progress. We also reorganized our retail management
structure, creating the leadership position of Market Manager, with a focus on developing
strong and lasting customer relationships in the community. We will keep striving to
develop the leaders of tomorrow, helping to ensure that Bank of Marin continues its
tradition of service and innovation.
These efforts have allowed us to continue to lead in financial strength, recording another
record year in 2012 with earnings of $17.8 million, an increase of 14.5% over 2011. Our
entire staff worked very hard to achieve this success, leading us closer to our vision of being
the premier community bank in the North Bay.
As always, we are most appreciative of our customers, shareholders, and our wonderful staff.
With their continued support, we will remain a valued and vital part of the North Bay
communities we serve.
Sincerely,
Russell A. Colombo
President and Chief Executive Officer
Joel Sklar, MD
Chairman of the Board
2
San Rafael Airport
sa n r a fa el, c a lifor ni a
Tucked next to rolling hills and a picturesque golf course is a family-
owned private airport with 4,600 solar panels atop 48 hangars. It’s
Marin’s largest solar project and the largest private airport installation
in the country, supplying ‘locally grown’ renewable energy to 1,200
Marin Clean Energy customers. The clean energy generated here will
eliminate 1,138 metric tons of greenhouse gas emissions a year, the
equivalent of removing 223 cars from nearby bustling Highway 101.
As a local leader in renewable energy, Bob Herbst has been involved
in sustainability projects for a decade and is now working with
Dominican University’s “Green MBA” students to achieve a green
business certification at the San Rafael Airport.
Through his involvement with the San Rafael Chamber’s Green Business
Committee, Bob connected with Bank of Marin about a construction
loan. Having already heard of the Bank’s positive reputation, he
ultimately chose Bank of Marin to fund the solar project based on the
quick, attentive response and customized loan structure. “I like that
Bank of Marin is committed to helping a local, small business like ours
do such a great big thing. This project is proof that local businesses can
make a difference when working together, and I hope it serves as a
model for others in our community.”
Robert Herbst, Manager
Bank of Marin Bancorp
2012 Annual Report
3
Sonoma Valley Mentoring Alliance
sonom a, c a lifor ni a
Mentoring at-risk youth in Sonoma Valley not only helps kids feel valued,
it puts them on a lifelong path to success. Under Kathy Witkowicki’s
leadership, more than 1,200 kids have benefitted, while their mentors
have gained immeasurable personal rewards and gratification. Mentors
help build trust, confidence, and character in the lives of the children
they work with, while at the same time creating success for the whole
community. Kathy has recruited, trained, and now provides on-going
education and support for 450 active mentors. She has proudly grown
the organization over the past 16 years and is constantly amazed at the
success stories from these kids.
Bank of Marin was involved with the organization from the moment
the Sonoma branch opened in 2010, and a key member of the Bank’s
Sonoma staff is both a board member and mentor to an active and
inquisitive 9 year old boy. Kathy enthusiastically claims, “The strong
business community partnership we have with Bank of Marin is a role
model for what is so vitally needed by non-profit organizations.”
Kathy Witkowicki, Executive Director
Community Resources for Children
na pa, c a lifor ni a
Working to meet the early care and education needs of pre-school age
children in Napa, Community Resources for Children has provided
much needed resources for families and children for more than thirty-
five years. For twenty of those years, Diana Short has been personally
devoted to helping families afford quality child care, allowing parents
to remain employed, in school or in training, thereby staying on the
path towards self-sufficiency.
Diana and her staff actively monitor Napa’s child care supply and
demand and fill in the gaps by providing workshops, training, and
nutrition education. Every day they provide enriching early learning
experiences, as they realize the first five years of life sets the foundation
for a child’s future. They also ensure that parents are respected as an
integral part of their services and are responsive to their needs.
Diana appreciates Bank of Marin’s commitment to early childhood
education, as well as the courteous and responsive attitude of the
Bank’s employees to their needs. As she says, “each request from us is
completed with a smile and a ‘thank you’ and that goes a long way.”
Diana Short, Executive Director, at the Toy Library
4
Berger Concrete, Inc.
sonom a, c a lifor ni a
It’s obvious that Robert Berger loves his job. Starting out in the concrete
business at age 15, he still prefers to work alongside his crew rather than
stand on the sidelines. Robert is constantly innovating and trying new
techniques, such as implementing the Wafflemat foundation system for
expansive soils used at the green home pictured here in Sonoma. Never
complacent, Robert has steadily grown his business over twenty years,
even during the downturn in the economy, and plans to reach $2.5
million in sales in 2013.
A Bank of Marin customer since the branch first opened in Sonoma,
Robert poured the concrete at the Bank’s new Sonoma and Tiburon
branches, delivering the same kind of service and quality he and his
team get from Bank of Marin. Says Robert, “It’s the service Bank of
Marin provides. The people are great, and it’s so important to me that
they know my guys and me.”
The Berger family has lived in Sonoma for multiple generations and
has been a big part of the community. Thanks to Berger Concrete,
there is a new concrete platform at the batting cage for Sonoma’s Little
League teams. Valley of the Moon Boys & Girls Club and local schools
have also benefited from their generosity.
Robert Berger, Owner and Supervisor
Bank of Marin Bancorp
2012 Annual Report
5
Ryan Mobile Bottling
na pa, c a lifor ni a
Working in the wine bottling industry comes naturally to Andy Ryan,
who has an in-born mechanical aptitude and an innate sense of personal
customer service. He started in the mobile bottling business at age 19
while at UC Davis, then opened Ryan Mobile Bottling at the young
age of 28. Andy had dreamed of building a high-speed bottling line
inside a compact truck to cater to even the most remote wineries. By
investing in state-of-the-art equipment and developing an efficient and
versatile bottling process, he has grown the business to where it is today
with three custom-designed trucks, supported by financing from Bank
of Marin. Andy and his crew are now filling, labeling, corking and
packing up to 100 bottles of wine a minute and up to 3,500 cases a
day throughout Napa and Sonoma counties.
The company is also a family business, with Andy’s sister, Mary, working
as his business partner. She and Andy’s mother are both former bankers
who realized Bank of Marin was the best bank to help expand their
business. “While we are working every day to transform the mobile
bottling industry, we can never lose focus on customer service which is
critical to our success,” says Andy. “We knew Bank of Marin was a good
fit for us because we share similar values in how we treat our customers
with respect, personal attention, and quick response.”
Andy Ryan, President
6
X2nsat
peta lum a, c a lifor ni a
Who would have thought the third largest satellite provider in the U.S.
was located in Petaluma? Led by Garrett Hill, X2nsat utilizes VSAT
technology to deliver vital communications around the world via small
dish antennas, some of which are even located in the company’s back
parking lot. Garrett claims, “We’re exactly like a normal business, we
just have weird things in our parking lot.” Actually, X2nsat is far from
normal, as it’s grown from occupying 8,000 square feet two years ago
to 60,000 feet today, with expectations to more than double staff in
two years. As a leader and inspiration in the satellite industry, X2nsat
is utilizing state of the art technology to address modern day problems,
such as safeguarding medical records for hospitals so critical services
aren’t interrupted. As Garrett puts it, “X2nsat is sort of the ‘insurance
policy’ for communications.” Despite the company’s national and
global growth projections, Garrett appreciates a local, attentive bank,
where he can meet with the senior management team, who take the time
to understand his complex business. For Bank of Marin, customers
like Garrett teach us a lot too.
Garrett Hill, Chief Executive Officer
Petaluma People Services Center
peta lum a, c a lifor ni a
Led by Elece Hempel, Petaluma People Services Center (PPSC) is a
community of caregivers whose sole purpose is to help make people’s
lives better, one child, one adult, and one senior at a time. More than
10,000 clients are taken care of each year, ranging from adult day care
for seniors, job training and placement for youth and adults, family
counseling, nutrition education, and homeless prevention. Above all,
the main goal of PPSC is to strengthen the dignity and self-sufficiency
of all individuals.
Elece proudly claims, “PPSC is a leader in improving the social and
economic health of our community and has been a trusted partner of
Petaluma and Sonoma county residents for many years. Just like my
clients rely on PPSC, I rely on the service and support of my bank.”
Elece also appreciates that the strong relationship she has with Bank
of Marin frees her up to focus on her client’s needs. And, she does just
that, helping make the lives of so many that much better.
Elece Hempel, Executive Director
Bank of Marin Bancorp
2012 Annual Report
7
Conservation Corps North Bay
sa n r a fa el, c a lifor ni a
Conservation Corps North Bay helps put more than 300 young adults
in Marin and Sonoma Counties on a path to a better future regardless of
background, income or ability. Besides turning lives around and offering
good paying jobs, the Corps is a leader in conserving natural resources
for a strong, sustainable community. In fact CCNB was the nation’s first
nonprofit conservation corps. Working on such important projects as
trail maintenance, ecosystem monitoring, fire fuel reduction, and habitat
restorations, you’ll recognize the crew by their green hard hats and
dedicated work style.
Marilee Eckert, a respected and influential leader in the corps movement,
is a determined advocate for youth and recently received the Corp’s
Legacy Achievement Award for her more than 20 years of contributions
to the Corps. Many of the programs that Marilee pioneered at CCNB
have been duplicated by other Corps throughout the world. Bank of
Marin is devoted to the Corp’s mission and accomplishments. The
feeling is mutual, as Marilee says, “The partnership with Bank of Marin
has been a good business decision and ties into our mission of building a
strong sustainable community.”
Marilee Eckert, Chief Executive Officer
8
Experienced Leadership
boa r d of dir ector s
e x ecuti v e officer s
Joel Sklar, MD
Cardiologist and Chief Medical
Officer, Marin General Hospital;
Chairman, Bank of Marin and
Bank of Marin Bancorp
Russell A. Colombo
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Bank of Marin and
Bank of Marin Bancorp
Thomas M. Foster
Retired CPA and Independent
Financial Consultant
Russell A. Colombo
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Bank of Marin and
Bank of Marin Bancorp
Christina J. Cook
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Robert Heller
Former Governor, U.S. Federal
Reserve Board and former
President and CEO, Visa USA
Norma J. Howard
Business Consultant
Stuart D. Lum
President and Chief Executive
Officer, Edgewood Pacific Inc.
Kevin K. Coonan
Executive Vice President and
Chief Credit Officer
Peter Pelham
Executive Vice President and
Director of Retail Banking
William H. McDevitt, Jr.
President, McDevitt Construction
Partners, Inc.
Michaela K. Rodeno
Former Wine Industry CEO
Brian M. Sobel
Principal Consultant, Sobel
Communications of Petaluma
Nancy Rinaldi Boatright
Senior Vice President and
Corporate Secretary
Elizabeth Reizman
Senior Vice President and
Commercial Banking Manager
J. Dietrich Stroeh
Partner, CSW/Stuber-Stroeh
Civil Engineering Firm
Jan I. Yanehiro
President, Jan Yanehiro Inc.;
Director, School of Multimedia
Communications, Academy of
Art University, San Francisco
Committed to
Your Business and
Our Community
At Bank of Marin, we develop trusting, personal
relationships with our customers, taking time to
understand their needs and how they operate their
businesses. An integral part of Bank of Marin is our
dedication and support of our local communities.
per sona l ba nk ing
Developing personal relationships and providing ‘legendary service’
to our customers is our way of doing business.
– Personal Checking and Savings
– Teen Checking and Savings
– Online Banking, eStatements and Telephone Banking
– Credit Cards
– Fraud Protection Resources
business ba nk ing
Our experienced team provides ongoing business guidance and
creative financing solutions for any size business.
– Business Account Management
– Remote Deposit and Image Lockbox
– Fraud Protection Products
– Merchant Services & Credit Cards
– International Services
lending
Our expert local lenders provide flexible, customized financing
tailored to our customers’ personal or business needs.
– Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
– Commercial Loans and Lines of Credit
– Construction and Commercial Real Estate Loans
– Wine Industry Loans
– Asset Based Loans
w e a lth m a nagement & trust
a nd pr i vate ba nk ing
Delivering extraordinary service, backed by integrity and account-
ability, we provide professional guidance, customized financing, and
financial solutions to manage the most complex banking needs.
– Investment Management
– Trust Services
– Retirement Benefits Plan
Corporate Information
tr a nsfer agent a nd r egistr a r
Registrar and Transfer Company
10 Commerce Drive
Cranford, NJ 07016-3506
(800) 368-5948
www.rtco.com
independent auditor s
Moss Adams LLP
Stockton, CA
leg a l counsel
Stuart | Moore
San Luis Obispo, CA
nasdaq sy mbol
BMRC
a nnua l meeting
6:00 p.m., May 14, 2013
10 Avenue of the Flags
San Rafael, CA 94903
per iodic r eports
The Company’s annual report for 2012 on Form 10-K,
which is required to be filed with the SEC, is available to
any shareholder without charge. The report may be obtained
by written request to Corporate Secretary, Bank of Marin
Bancorp, P.O. Box 2039, Novato, CA 94948. It is available
in the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website
at www.bankofmarin.com.
forwa r d-look ing statemen ts
The discussion of financial results included in this folder includes forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, (the “1934 Act”). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide
a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide
prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide
meaningful, cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause
actual results to differ significantly from projected results.
Our forward-looking statements may include descriptions of plans or objectives of
Management for future operations, products or services, and forecasts of its revenues,
earnings or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements
can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current
facts. They often include the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate” or words
of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,”
“could” or “may.”
Forward-looking statements are based on Management’s current expectations
regarding economic, legislative, and regulatory issues that may impact our earnings
in future periods. A number of factors—many of which are beyond Management’s
control—could cause future results to vary materially from current Management
expectations. Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic
conditions, the economic uncertainty in the United States and abroad, changes
in interest rates, deposit flows, real estate values, expected future cash flows on
acquired loans, and competition; changes in accounting principles, policies or
guidelines; changes in legislation or regulation; and other economic, competitive,
governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing,
products and services. These and other important factors are detailed in our 10-K
Report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We
do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or
events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
i
m
o
c
.
o
t
t
o
x
e
p
e
v
e
t
s
.
w
w
w
/
i
o
t
t
o
x
e
P
n
e
v
e
t
S
y
b
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P
novato
368 ignacio boulevard
novato, california 94949
415.884.2265
1450 gr ant avenue
novato, california 94945
415.899.7338
peta lum a
799 bay wood drive
petaluma, california 94954
707.781.2210
8 4th street
petaluma, california 94952
707.781.1810
1371 n. mcdowell boulevard
petaluma, california 94954
707.658.4210
sonom a
136 west napa street
sonoma, california 95476
707.933.3750
na pa
600 tr ancas street
napa, california 94558
707.265.2000
sa nta rosa
50 santa rosa avenue
santa rosa, california 95404
707.508.3377
cor por ate he a dqua rter s
504 redwood boulevard, suite 100
novato, california 94947
415.763.4520
sa n fr a ncisco
345 california street, suite 1150
san fr ancisco, california 94104
415.403.5580
sausa lito
3 harbor drive
sausalito, california 94965
415.289.8710
tiburon
1 bl ackfield drive
tiburon, california 94920
415.381.2265
mill va lley
19 sunnyside avenue
mill valley, california 94941
415.380.4665
corte m a der a
504 tamalpais drive
corte mader a, california 94925
415.927.2265
gr eenbr a e
501 sir fr ancis dr ake boulevard
greenbr ae, california 94904
415.785.1565
sa n r a fa el
999 andersen drive
san r afael, california 94901
415.259.0365
1101 fourth street
san r afael, california 94901
415.485.2265
4460 redwood highway
san r afael, california 94903
415.472.2265
w w w.ba nkofm a r in.com
BMRC 10-K 12/31/2012
Section 1: 10-K (10-K)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
⌧ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________________ to __________________
Commission File Number 001-33572
Bank of Marin Bancorp
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
California
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
504 Redwood Blvd., Suite 100, Novato, CA
(Address of principal executive office)
20-8859754
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
94947
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (415) 763-4520
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, No Par Value,
and attached Share Purchase Rights
(Title of each class)
NASDAQ Capital Market
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No ⌧
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No ⌧
Note - checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations
under these sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days.
Yes ⌧ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit and post such files).
Yes ⌧ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-
K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b(2) of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer ⌧
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b(2) of the Exchange Act.
Yes o No ⌧
As of June 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-
voting common equity held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price per share of the registrant's common stock as reported by the NASDAQ, was
approximately $192 million. For the purpose of this response, directors and officers of the Registrant are considered the affiliates at that date.
As of February 28, 2013, there were 5,420,226 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 14, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
PART II
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Forward-Looking Statements
Executive Summary
Critical Accounting Policies
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Interest Income
Provision for Loan Losses
Non-Interest Income
Non-Interest Expense
Provision for Income Taxes
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Investment Securities
Loans
Allowance for Loan Losses
Other Assets
Deposits
Borrowings
Deferred Compensation Obligations
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Commitments
Capital Adequacy
Liquidity
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Page-2
Page-4
Page-4
Page-4
Page-11
Page-20
Page-20
Page-20
Page-20
Page-21
Page-21
Page-23
Page-24
Page-24
Page-24
Page-26
Page-30
Page-31
Page-35
Page-35
Page-37
Page-39
Page-39
Page-39
Page-41
Page-43
Page-47
Page-48
Page-48
Page-49
Page-49
Page-49
Page-49
Page-50
Page-51
Page-53
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Note 2: Acquisition
Note 3: Investment Securities
Note 4: Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Note 5: Bank Premises and Equipment
Note 6: Bank Owned Life Insurance
Note 7: Deposits
Note 8: Borrowings
Note 9: Stockholders' Equity and Stock Option Plans
Note 10: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
Note 11: Benefit Plans
Note 12: Income Taxes
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
Note 14: Concentrations of Credit Risk
Note 15: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
Note 16: Regulatory Matters
Note 17: Financial Instruments with Off-Blance Sheet Risk
Note 18: Condensed Bank of Marin Bancorp Parent Only Financial Statements
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHLDER MATTERS
Page-59
Page-59
Page-66
Page-69
Page-72
Page-82
Page-82
Page-82
Page-83
Page-84
Page-88
Page-91
Page-92
Page-93
Page-94
Page-94
Page-96
Page-98
Page-99
Page-101
Page-101
Page-102
Page-102
Page-102
Page-102
Page-102
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Page-102
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMETN SCHEDULES
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
Page-3
Page-102
Page-103
Page-103
Page-105
Page-107
Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
This discussion of financial results includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
(the "1933 Act") and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the "1934 Act"). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act
provide a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so
long as they provide meaningful, cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected
results.
Our forward-looking statements may include descriptions of plans or objectives of Management for future operations, products or services, and forecasts
of its revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate
strictly to historical or current facts. They often include the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate" or words of similar meaning, or future or
conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could" or "may."
Forward-looking statements are based on Management's current expectations regarding economic, legislative, and regulatory issues that may impact
our earnings in future periods. A number of factors—many of which are beyond Management’s control—could cause future results to vary materially
from current Management expectations. Such factors include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions, the economic uncertainty in the
United States and abroad, changes in interest rates, deposit flows, real estate values, expected future cash flows on acquired loans, and competition;
changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; changes in legislation or regulation; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory
and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services. These and other important factors are detailed in Item 1A Risk Factors
section of this report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements
to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
ITEM 1 BUSINESS
Bank of Marin (the “Bank”) was incorporated in August 1989, received its charter from the California Superintendent of Banks (now the California
Department of Financial Institutions or “DFI”) and commenced operations in January 1990. The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). On July 1, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Bank of Marin
Bancorp (“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for the Bank, the sole and wholly-owned subsidiary of Bancorp. On the Effective Date, each
outstanding share of Bank of Marin common stock was converted into one share of Bank of Marin Bancorp common stock. Bancorp is listed at
NASDAQ and assumed the ticker symbol BMRC, which was formerly used by the Bank. Prior to the Effective Date, the Bank filed reports and proxy
statements with the FDIC pursuant to Sections 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”). Upon formation of the holding company,
Bancorp became subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which subjects Bancorp to Federal Reserve Board
(“FRB”) reporting and examination requirements.
References in this report to “Bancorp” mean Bank of Marin Bancorp, parent holding company for the Bank. References to “we,” “our,” “us” mean the
holding company and the Bank that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.
Virtually all of our business is conducted through Bancorp's sole subsidiary, the Bank, which is headquartered in Novato, California. As of December 31,
2012, we operated through seventeen offices in Marin, Sonoma, San Francisco and Napa counties with a strong focus on supporting the local
community. Our customer base is made up of business and personal banking relationships from the communities near the branch office locations. Our
business banking focus is on small to medium-sized businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations.
We offer a broad range of commercial and retail deposit and lending programs designed to meet the needs of our target markets. Our loan products
include commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and lines of credit, construction financing, consumer loans, and home equity
lines of credit. Merchant card services are available for our customers in retail businesses. Through a third party vendor, we offer a proprietary Visa®
credit card product combined with a rewards program to our customers, as well as a Business Visa® program for business and professional customers.
We also offer cash management sweep to business clients through a third party vendor.
Page-4
We offer a variety of personal and business checking and savings accounts, and a number of time deposit alternatives, including time certificates of
deposit, Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), Health Savings Accounts, and Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS®”). CDARS® is
a network through which we offer full FDIC insurance coverage in excess of the regulatory maximum by placing deposits in multiple banks participating
in the network. We also offer remote deposit capture, Automated Clearing House services (“ACH”), social security and pension checks, fraud prevention
services including Positive Pay for Checks and ACH and image lockbox services. A valet deposit pick-up service is available to our professional and
business clients. Automatic teller machines (“ATM's”) are available at each branch location.
Our ATM network is linked to the PLUS, CIRRUS and NYCE networks, as well as a network of nation-wide surcharge-free ATM's called MoneyPass.
We also offer our depositors 24-hour access to their accounts by telephone and through our internet banking products available to personal and
business account holders.
We offer Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”) which include customized investment portfolio management, financial planning, trust
administration, estate settlement and custody services, and advice of charitable giving. We also offer 401(k) plan services to small and medium-sized
businesses through a third party vendor.
We offer branch-based Private Banking as a natural extension of our services. Our Private Banking includes deposit services and loans, as well as a full
range of banking services.
We do not directly offer international banking services, but do make such services available to our customers through other financial institutions with
whom we have correspondent banking relationships.
We hold no patents, licenses (other than licenses required by the appropriate banking regulatory agencies), franchises or concessions. The Bank has
registered the service marks "The Spirit of Marin", the words “Bank of Marin”, the Bank of Marin logo, and the Bank of Marin tagline “Committed to your
business and our community” with the United States Patent & Trademark Office. In addition, Bancorp has registered the service marks for the words
“Bank of Marin Bancorp” and for the Bank of Marin Bancorp logo with the United States Patent & Trademark Office.
All service marks registered by Bancorp or the Bank are registered on the United States Patent & Trademark Office Principal Register, with the
exception of the words "Bank of Marin Bancorp" which is registered on the United States Patent & Trademark Office Supplemental Register.
Market Area
Our primary market area consists of Marin, San Francisco, Napa and Sonoma Counties. Our customer base is primarily made up of business and
personal banking relationships within these market areas.
As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, in February 2011, we expanded our community banking
footprint to Napa County through an FDIC-assisted acquisition of $107.8 million of assets and assumption of $107.7 million of liabilities of the former
Charter Oak Bank (the “Acquisition”). No capital was raised to complete this transaction, as Bancorp has grown capital through the retention of earnings
in order to take advantage of such acquisition opportunities.
We attract deposit relationships from individuals, merchants, small to medium-sized businesses, not-for-profit organizations and professionals who live
and/or work in the communities comprising our market areas. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 75% of our deposits are in Marin and southern
Sonoma counties, and approximately 54% of our deposits are from businesses and 46% are from individuals.
Competition
The banking business in California generally, and in our market area specifically, is highly competitive with respect to attracting both loan and deposit
relationships. The increasingly competitive environment is impacted by changes in regulation, interest rate environment, technology and product delivery
systems, and the consolidation among financial service providers. The banking industry is seeing extreme competition for quality loans, which has
resulted in limited loan growth in the past year. Larger banks are seeking to expand lending to small businesses, which are traditionally community
bank customers. The Marin County market area is dominated by two major nation-wide banks, each of
Page-5
which has a much larger branch network than us. Additionally, there are several thrifts, credit unions and other independent banks.
As of June 30, 2012, the latest data available shows 90 banking offices with $8.9 billion in total deposits served the Marin County market. As of that
same date, there were approximately five thrift offices in Marin with $0.7 billion in total deposits. We have the largest business core deposit market
share, representing 25.5% of business core deposits in Marin County according to the Deposit & Market Share Report from the California Banksite
Corporation based upon the FDIC deposit market share data as of June 30, 2012. A significant driver of our franchise value is the growth and stability of
our checking and savings deposits, which are a low cost funding source for our loan portfolio. The four financial institutions with the greatest deposit
market share in Marin County are Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, Bank of Marin, and Westamerica Bank with deposit market shares of 28.3%,
14.0%, 10.8%, and 8.8%, respectively.
In the southern Sonoma County area of Petaluma, there are approximately 24 banking and thrift offices with $1.4 billion in total deposits as of June 30,
2012. Compared with our share of 6.0%, the four banking institutions with the greatest overall market share, Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, Bank
of the West, and Exchange Bank had deposit market shares in Petaluma of 27.9%, 13.0%, 10.9%, and 9.9%, respectively.
We also compete for depositors' funds with money market mutual funds and with non-bank financial institutions such as brokerage firms and insurance
companies. Among the competitive advantages held by some of these non-bank financial institutions is their ability to finance extensive advertising
campaigns and to allocate investment assets to regions of California or other states with areas of highest demand and, therefore, often higher yield.
Nation-wide banks have the competitive advantages of national advertising campaigns and technology infrastructure to achieve economies of scale.
Large commercial banks also have substantially greater lending limits and have the ability to offer certain services which are not offered directly by us.
In order to compete with the numerous, and often larger, financial institutions in our primary market area, we use, to the fullest extent possible, the
flexibility and rapid response capabilities which are accorded by our independent status and us having local leadership and local decision making. Our
competitive advantages also include an emphasis on personalized services, community involvement, philanthropic giving, local promotional activities and
personal contacts. The commitment and dedication of our organizers, directors, officers and staff have also contributed greatly to our success in
competing for business.
Employees
At December 31, 2012, we employed 238 full-time equivalent (“FTE”) staff. The actual number of employees, including part-time employees, at year-end
2012 included five executive officers, 97 other corporate officers and 151 staff. None of our employees are presently represented by a union or covered
by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good. We have been recognized as one of the “Best Places to Work”
by North Bay Business Journal since 2010 and a "Top Corporate Philanthropist” by the San Francisco Business Times since 2003.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following discussion summarizes certain significant
laws, rules and regulations affecting Bancorp and the Bank.
Bank Holding Company Regulation
Upon formation of the bank holding company on July 1, 2007, we became subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended (“BHCA”) which subjects Bancorp to FRB reporting and examination requirements. Under the FRB's regulations, a bank holding company is
required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks.
The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers and consolidations and, together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley
Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities. Bancorp is also a bank holding company within the meaning of the California Financial Code. As
such, Bancorp and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the DFI.
Page-6
Bank Regulation
Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors' funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. These
regulations affect our lending practices, consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.
As a state chartered bank, we are subject to regulation and examination by the DFI. We are also subject to regulation, supervision and periodic
examination by the FDIC. If, as a result of an examination of the Bank, the FDIC or the DFI should determine that the financial condition, capital
resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, Management, liquidity, or other aspects of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we have violated any
law or regulation, various remedies are available to those regulators including issuing a “cease and desist” order, restricting our growth or removing
officers and directors.
The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both Bancorp and the Bank. The Bank addresses the
many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses the various risks associated with these
issues.
Dividends
The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to Bancorp is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the “Code”). Prior to any
distribution from the Bank to Bancorp, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains
within capital guidelines set forth by the DFI and the FDIC. Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide
dividends to Bancorp to meet its cash requirements for 2013. See also Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under the heading “Dividends”
in Item 8 of this report.
FDIC Insurance Assessments
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The 2010 enacted Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made the deposit insurance coverage permanent at the $250,000 level
retroactive to January 1, 2008. The Dodd-Frank act also provided depositors at all FDIC-insured institutions with unlimited deposit insurance coverage on
traditional checking accounts that do not pay interest and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts beginning December 31, 2010 through the end of 2012.
During 2010, we elected to participate in the Temporary Transaction Account Guarantee Program, which provided full deposit insurance coverage to non-
interest bearing transaction accounts (including low-interest negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts), by paying
a 15 basis point surcharge on the non-interest bearing transaction accounts over $250,000 through December 31, 2010, when the program ended.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC finalized a Deposit Insurance Fund restoration plan that required banks to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their
estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. Under the plan, banks were assessed
through 2010 according to the risk-based premium schedule adopted in April 2009.
On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changed the FDIC insurance assessment base from adjusted
domestic deposits to a bank's average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. Since the new base is larger
than the current base, the new rule lowers assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk
category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The change was effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. Since
we have a solid core deposit base and do not rely heavily on borrowings and brokered deposits, the benefit of the lower assessment rate (which has
dropped by approximately half for us) significantly outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base.
Page-7
Community Reinvestment Act
We are subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), under which all banks and thrifts have a continuing and affirmative
obligation, consistent with safe and sound operations, to help meet the credit needs of their entire communities, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods. The act requires a depository institution's primary federal regulator, in connection with its examination of the institution, to assess the
institution's record in meeting the requirements in CRA. The regulatory agency's assessment of the institution's record is made available to the public.
The record is taken into consideration when the institution establishes a new branch that accepts deposits, relocates an office, applies to merge or
consolidate, or expands into other activities. Our CRA performance will be evaluated by the FDIC under the large bank requirements in 2013. The FDIC's
last CRA performance examination was performed on the Bank under the intermediate small bank requirements and completed on June 18, 2012 with a
rating of “Satisfactory”.
Anti Money-Laundering Regulations
A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 requires banks to prevent, detect, and report illicit or illegal
financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and terrorism. Under the Uniting and
Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to
prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, requirements regarding the Customer Identification Program, as well as
enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign
individuals and entities. We have extensive controls in place to comply with these requirements.
Privacy and Data Security
The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposes requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. The GLBA generally
prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not
objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually. The GLBA also directs
federal regulators, including the FDIC, to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information. We are subject to such standards, as well as
standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach. We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt
out” of having non-public customer information disclosed to third parties. We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the
confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal of information that is no longer needed. Customers must be notified
when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused.
Consumer Protection Regulations
Our lending activities are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers, including the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act Truth-in-Lending Act, the Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts and Practices, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Our deposit operations are also subject to laws and regulations that protect consumer rights including Funds
Availability, Truth in Savings, and Electronic Funds Transfers. Additional rules govern check writing ability on certain interest earning accounts and
prescribe procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records. Additionally, a provision of the Federal Reserve Regulation E has
been changed effective July 1, 2010 that puts restrictions on institutions assessing overdraft fees on consumers' accounts relating to debit card usage
or other forms of electronic transfer.
Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates
Transactions between Bancorp and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and
Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank's “covered transactions” with Bancorp, including loans and other extensions
of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from Bancorp. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered
transactions, be on market terms and conditions. Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and
Bancorp with FRB interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B.
Page-8
Capital Requirements
The FRB and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. Bancorp's ratios exceed the required
minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes and the Bank meets the definition for well capitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions may be
subject to significant restrictions. Payment of dividends could be restricted or prohibited, with some exceptions, if the Bank were categorized as
"critically undercapitalized" under applicable FDIC regulations. For further information on risk-based capital, see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The current risk-based capital guidelines which apply to the Bank are based upon the 1988 capital accord of international Basel Committee referred to
as “Basel I.” The Basel Committee has since reconsidered regulatory-capital standards, supervisory and risk-management requirements and additional
disclosures to further strengthen the Basel framework in response to recent worldwide economic developments. The proposed changes, otherwise
known as the “Basel III” standards, if adopted, could lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive
leverage and liquidity ratios. U.S. federal banking regulators have recently issued proposed rules relating to the Basel III requirements. In the proposed
rule published in June 2012, it is anticipated that the Basel III requirements will substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to
bank holding companies and depository institutions, such as us. The Basel III Proposal, among other things, (i) introduces a new capital measure called
“Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified
requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the
other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations. The U.S. regulators decided
to postpone the implementation and transition period for Basel III. As a result, the timing and the impact to us remain uncertain.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
We are subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which implemented legislative reforms intended to address corporate and
accounting improprieties and, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
required executive certification of financial presentations;
increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;
enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;
enhanced controls over, and reporting of, insider trading; and
increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances.
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2009 (the “EESA”)
In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats of investment banks and other financial
institutions, on October 3, 2008, the EESA was signed into law, which gave the U.S. Treasury the authority to purchase senior preferred shares from
the largest nine financial institutions in the nation and the other financial institutions in a program known as the Treasury Capital Purchase Program
(“TCPP”) that was carved out of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). As a result of our participation in the TCPP, we issued a warrant to the
U.S. Treasury to acquire 155,487 shares of our common stock (as adjusted to date). The warrant was auctioned by the U.S. Treasury and purchased by
two institutional investors during November 2011 and remains outstanding. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report
for discussion regarding the warrant.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Recovery Act”)
The Recovery Act was signed into law on February 17, 2009 in an effort, among other things, to jumpstart the U.S. economy, prevent job losses,
expand educational opportunities, and provide affordable health care and tax relief. Among the various measures in the Recovery Act, it imposes further
restriction on executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits of recipients of the TCPP funds, while allowing them to repurchase the preferred
stock at liquidation amount without regard to the original TCPP transaction terms. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this
report for discussion regarding our repurchase of preferred stock issued under the TCPP.
Page-9
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, a landmark financial reform bill
comprised of a massive volume of new rules and restrictions that will impact banks going forward. It includes key provisions aimed at preventing a repeat
of the 2008 financial crisis and a new process for winding down failing, systemically important institutions in a manner as close to a controlled
bankruptcy as possible. The Act includes other key provisions as follows:
(1) The Act establishes a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor systemic financial risks. The FRB is given extensive new authorities to
impose strict controls on large bank holding companies with total consolidated assets equal to or in excess of $50 billion and systemically significant
nonbank financial companies to limit the risk they might pose for the economy and to other large interconnected companies. The FRB can also take
direct control of troubled financial companies that are considered systemically significant.
The Act restricts the amount of trust preferred securities (“TPS”) that may be considered as Tier 1 Capital. For bank holding companies below $15 billion
in total assets, TPS issued before May 19, 2010 are grandfathered, so their status as Tier 1 capital does not change. Beginning January 1, 2013, bank
holding companies above $15 billion in assets will have a three-year phase-in period to fill the capital gap caused by the disallowance of the TPS issued
before May 19, 2010. However going forward, TPS will be disallowed as Tier 1 capital.
(2) The Act creates a new process to liquidate failed financial firms in an orderly manner, including giving the FDIC broader authority to operate or
liquidate a failing financial company.
(3) The Act also establishes a new independent Federal regulatory body for consumer protection within the Federal Reserve System known as the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which assumes responsibility for most consumer protection laws (except the Community Reinvestment Act). It
is also in charge of setting appropriate consumer banking fees and caps. The Office of Comptroller of the Currency continues to have authority to
preempt state banking and consumer protection laws if these laws "prevent or significantly" interfere with the business of banking.
(4) The Act affects changes in the FDIC assessment as discussed in section “FDIC Insurance Assessments” above.
(5) The Act places certain limitations on investment and other activities by depository institutions, holding companies and their affiliates, including
comprehensive regulation of all over-the-counter derivatives.
(6) The Act states that the FRB is authorized to regulate interchange fees on debit cards and certain general-use prepaid card transactions paid to
issuing banks with assets in excess of $10 billion to ensure that they are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of processing individual transactions,
and to prohibit debit and general-use prepaid payment card networks and issuers from requiring transactions to be processed on a single payment
network. The FRB issued its final rule on June 29, 2011.
Available Information
On our Internet web site, www.bankofmarin.com, we post the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commssion: Annual Report to Shareholders, Form 10-K, Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. The text of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Bancorp and the Bank is also included on the website. All such
filings on our website are available free of charge. This website address is for information only and is not intended to be an active link, or to incorporate
any website information into this document. In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from:
Corporate Secretary
Bank of Marin Bancorp
504 Redwood Blvd., Suite 100
Novato, CA 94947
415-763-4523
Page-10
ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that Management believes may
affect our business are described below. Before making an investment decision, investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties
described below, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described
below are not the only ones facing our business. Additional risks and uncertainties that Management is not aware of or focused on or that Management
currently deems immaterial may also impair business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.
If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our Earnings are Significantly Influenced by General Business and Economic Conditions
We are operating in an uncertain economic environment. While there are signs of economic conditions improving, the persistent high unemployment
rate, recent contraction of the U.S. Gross Domestic Product ("GDP"), weak business and consumer spending, the U.S. budget deficit and uncertainty
in European economies underline that the economy remains very fragile. The current economic environment could deteriorate with tax increases, the
approaching of the U.S. debt ceiling, defaults on government debt and exhaustion of economic stimulus packages. In addition, the effects of the "fiscal
cliff", expiring tax cuts and mandatory reductions in federal spending, could adversely affect our business. Economic recovery is expected to be slow
and long. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions is greatly affected. Local and state governments are in difficulty due to the
reduction in sales taxes resulting from the lack of consumer spending and property taxes resulting from declining property values. Financial institutions
continue to be affected by the tepid recovery of the real estate market, elevated foreclosure rates, long-term high unemployment and underemployment
rates and a stricter regulatory environment. While our market areas have not experienced the same degree of challenge in unemployment as other areas
2, the effects of these issues have trickled down to households and businesses in our markets. There can be no assurance that the recent economic
improvement is sustainable and credit worthiness of our borrowers will not deteriorate.
Continued weakness in real estate values and home sale volumes, financial stress on borrowers, including job losses, and customers' inability to pay
debt could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations in the following aspects:
•
•
•
•
Demand for our products and services may decline
Low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease
Collateral for our loans, especially real estate, may decline further in value
Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase.
As the economy is still vulnerable, businesses are wary about capital expenditures or expansion of working capital and consumers are de-leveraging
their debts. Hence, we have noticed a low level of loan demand due to an unfavorable economic climate and intensified competition for credit-worthy
borrowers, all of which could impact our ability to generate profitable loans.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
2Based on the latest available labor market information from Employment Development Department. Preliminary December 2012 results show that the
unemployment rate in Marin County was the lowest in California at 5.5%. The unemployment rates in San Francisco, Sonoma and Napa County are 6.5%, 7.7%
and 7.9%, compared to the state of California at 9.7%.
Page-11
Nonperforming Assets Take Significant Time To Resolve And Adversely Affect Our Results Of Operations And Financial Condition.
Our nonperforming assets have been maintained at a manageable level historically. However, nonperforming assets may adversely affect our net income
in various ways. Until economic improvement continues in a sustainable fashion, we might incur losses relating to nonperforming assets if their
collateral value deteriorates. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans, thereby adversely affecting our income and increasing our loan
administration costs. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the then fair value of
the collateral, which may result in a loss. While we have managed our problem assets through workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the
value of these assets, or the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers' performance or financial conditions, whether or not due to economic and market
conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of
nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from Management, which can be detrimental to the performance of other responsibilities.
There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in nonperforming loans in the future.
Recently Enacted Legislation and Other Measures Undertaken by the Government May not Help Stabilize the U.S. Financial System and
The Impact of New Financial Reform Legislation is Yet to be Determined
As discussed in Item 1, Section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” above, in 2010, President Obama signed into law a landmark financial reform
bill-the Dodd-Frank Act. The rules under the Dodd-Frank Act change banking statutes and the operating environment of Bancorp and the Bank in
substantial and unpredictable ways, and could continue to increase the cost of doing business, decrease our revenues, limit or expand permissible
activities or affect the competitive balance depending upon whether or how regulations are implemented. We may continue to invest significant
Management attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated there under. The
ultimate effect the changes that would have on the financial condition or results of operations of Bancorp or the Bank is uncertain at this time.
The actual impact of the recently enacted legislation and such related measures undertaken to alleviate the aftermaths of the credit crisis is unknown.
The capital and credit markets have experienced volatility and disruption at an unprecedented level in the past few years. In some cases, the markets
have produced downward pressure on credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers' underlying financial strength. If the recent
years' disruption and volatility return, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect on our ability to access credit or capital.
In addition to changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, recent rules published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, could lead to
significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. As mentioned in the Capital
Requirements section in Item 1 previously, the Basel III guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements of bank holding
companies, including increasing the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio to 6%, introducing a new requirement to maintain a minimum ratio of
common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% initially and when fully phased in, a possible capital conservation buffer of an additional
2.5% of risk weighted assets. While the U.S. regulatory bodies have issued a set of proposed rules to implement Basel III, as of year end, Basell III has
been delayed with no proposed implementation date set. We continue to monitor the development of the proposed rules and their potential impact. We
have modeled our ratios under the proposed rules and we do not expect that we would be required to hold a significantly larger amount of capital than
we currently hold. However, until final rules are issued, the impact to our results of operations and financial condition are uncertain.
In addition to the Basel III capital framework, there is a Basel III liquidity framework that requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their
liquidity against specific liquidity tests, such as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”). LCR is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an
adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under an acute
liquidity stress scenario. The LCR will be subject to an observation period continuing through mid-2013 and the LCR at 60% is required to be satisfied
on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period ending January 1, 2019. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to
promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. The Basel III liquidity
framework contemplates that the NSFR will be subject to an observation period through mid-2016 and, subject to any revisions resulting from the
analysis conducted and data collected during the observation period, implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. These
Page-12
new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may well change before implementation. The federal banking agencies is expected to
propose rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework and have not determined to what extent they will apply to U.S. banks that are not large,
internationally active banks.
We May Experience Unfavorable Outcomes with Growth
We seek to expand our franchise safely and consistently. A successful growth strategy requires us to manage multiple aspects of the business
simultaneously, such as following adequate loan underwriting standards, balancing loan and deposit growth without increasing interest rate risk or
compressing our net interest margin, maintaining sufficient capital, and recruiting, training and retaining qualified professionals. We have recently
expanded into the Napa and the greater Sonoma markets, which may have characteristics unfamiliar to us. We may also experience a lag in profitability
associated with the new branch openings.
Our growth strategy also includes merger and acquisition possibilities that either enhance our market presence or have potential for improved profitability
through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statement in Item 8 of
this report, we acquired certain assets and certain liabilities of Napa-based Charter Oak Bank on February 18, 2011 through an FDIC-assisted
transaction. These FDIC assisted transactions are reducing as the number of failed banks declines. While FDIC-assisted acquisitions provide attractive
opportunities, in part due to loans purchased at significant discounts, acquiring other banks or branches involves risks such as exposure to potential
asset quality issues of the target company, potential disruption to our normal business activities and diversion of Management's time and attention due
to integration and conversion efforts. If we pursue our growth strategy too aggressively and fail to execute integration properly, we may not be able to
achieve expected synergies or other anticipated benefits.
Interchange Reimbursement Fees and Related Practices Have Been Receiving Significant Legal and Regulatory Scrutiny, and the
Resulting Regulations Could Have a Significant Impact on Interchange Fees We Earn
The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that regulate the debit interchange rates and certain other network industry practices (the “Durbin
Amendment”). In addition, the FRB now has the power to regulate network fees to the extent necessary to prevent evasion of the new rules on
interchange rates. As of October 1, 2011, the FRB restricted interchange fees on debit cards to 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied
by the value of the transaction for institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Interchange represents a transfer of value between the financial
institutions participating in payment networks such as Visa and NYCE, in which we participate. In connection with transactions initiated with cards in a
payments system, interchange reimbursement fees are typically paid to issuers, the financial institutions such as us that issue debit cards to
cardholders. They are typically paid by network owners, the financial institutions that offer network connectivity and payment acceptance services to
merchants. The new regulation has adversely affected payment network owners, who charge us increased costs and/or reduce incentives paid to us to
compensate their lost revenue.
Despite the statutory attempt to separate out smaller banks from the price controls embodied in the Durbin amendment, the marketplace may drive
business to the lowest cost option. Merchants may switch to lower-cost cards and accounts of larger institutions, applying downward pressure on the
fees paid to small institutions to compete. In January 2010, Visa announced that it will implement a two-tiered pricing system for debit interchange - one
for banks with more than $10 billion in assets, and one for all those under the $10 billion threshold. There is no obligation for networks, such as Visa, to
maintain their multiple-tier pricing structure. Community banks such as us may ultimately be harmed as a result. We may be forced to charge lower
fees to customers, affecting our profitability. Owners of networks in which we do not participate could elect to charge higher discount rates to
merchants, leading merchants not to accept cards for payment, or to steer Visa cardholders to alternate payment systems, hence reducing our
transaction volumes.
Negative Conditions Affecting Real Estate May Harm Our Business
Concentration of our lending activities in the California real estate sector could negatively impact our results of operations if the adverse changes in the
real estate market in our lending area intensify or continue. Although we do not offer traditional first mortgages, nor have sub-prime or Alt-A residential
loans or significant amount of securities backed by such loans in the portfolio, we are not immune from the effect of the set-back of the real estate
market. Approximately 85% of our loans were secured by real estate at December 31, 2012, of which 63% were secured by commercial real estate and
the remaining 22% by residential real estate. Real estate valuations are impacted by demand, and demand is driven by factors such as employment;
when unemployment rises, demand drops. The unemployment rate has
Page-13
stayed at an elevated level since 2009. Most of the properties that secure our loans are located within Marin, San Francisco, Sonoma and Napa
Counties. We have seen improvement in real estate sales volume and home prices in 2012 . Home sales were up 24.1% in Marin County and 15.6% in
Sonoma County in 2012.
Loans secured by commercial real estate
those secured by small office buildings, owner-user office/warehouses, mixed-use
residential/commercial properties and retail properties. In 2012, office and industrial vacancy rates in Marin County have fallen from 23.3% and 7.8% in
2011 to 19.7% and 6.9%, respectively, while retail vacancy rates have risen from 5.1% to 5.6%4. In Sonoma County, vacancy rates are generally higher
than in Marin County: the rate of office, industrial and retail vacancies decreased from 23.3%,13.7% and 6.6% in 2011 to 22.0%, 12.3% and 5.4% in
2012, respectively4. There can be no assurance that the companies or properties securing our loans will generate sufficient cash flows to allow the
borrowers to make full and timely loan payments to us.
include
In late 2006, Federal banking regulators issued final guidance regarding commercial real estate lending to address a concern that rising commercial real
estate lending concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in the investor
commercial real estate market. This guidance suggests that institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration
risk will be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. Institutions that have experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, have notable
exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate lending, or are approaching or exceed certain supervisory criteria that measure an institution's
commercial real estate portfolio against its capital levels, may be subject to such increased regulatory scrutiny. We have had significant growth in our
commercial real estate portfolio over the last two years. Although regulators have not notified us of any concern, there is no assurance that we will not
be subject to additional scrutiny in the future.
We are Subject to Interest Rate Risk
Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned
on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds.
Interest rates are sensitive to many factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and
regulatory agencies and, in particular, the FRB, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Changes in monetary policy,
including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and interest we pay on deposits and
borrowings, but could also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the
average duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Our portfolio of securities is subject to interest rate risk and will generally decline in value if
market interest rates increase, and generally increase in value if market interest rates decline. Our mortgage-backed security portfolio is also subject to
prepayment risk in a low interest rate environment.
In response to the recessionary state of the national economy, the gloomy housing market and the volatility of financial markets, the Federal Open
Market Committee of the FRB (“FOMC”) started a series of decreases in Federal funds target rate with seven decreases in 2008, bringing the target rate
to a historically low range of 0% to 0.25% through December 2012. In their statements after the January 2013 FOMC meeting, they expect to keep
interest rates near zero for the next three years. The FRB will continue purchasing mortgage-backed securities in the third round of quantitative easing
and it will maintain rates at current levels as long as the unemployment rate exceeds 6.5%. These actions will continue to place downward pressure on
our net interest margin.
Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets or liabilities.
We manage interest rate risk exposure with the goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on the net interest margin. Although we believe
we have implemented effective asset and liability management strategies, any substantial, prolonged low interest rate environment could have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We expect our 2013 net interest margin will continue to compress due to the
continued repricing on loans and securities. See the sections captioned “Net Interest Income” in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in Item 7A of this report for further
discussion related to management of interest rate risk.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
4 Based on the latest available real estate information from Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc.
Page-14
In the current environment of historically low interest rates, the net interest margin compression has become a major concern. If interest rates rise by
more than 100 basis points, we anticipate that net interest margin will rise assuming no additional deposit rate sensitivity. However, it may still take
several upward market rate movements for variable rate loans at floors to move above their floor rates. Further, a rise in index rates leads to lower debt
service coverage of variable rate loans if the borrower's operating cash flow doesn't also rise. This creates a leveraged paradox of an improving economy
(leading to higher interest rates), but lowers credit quality as short-term rates move up faster than the cash flow or income of the borrowers. Higher
interest rates may also depress loan demand, making it more difficult for us to grow loans.
We are Subject to Significant Credit Risk and Loan Losses May Exceed Our Allowance for Loan Losses in the Future
We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, that represents
Management's best estimate of probable losses that may be incurred within the existing portfolio of loans (the "incurred loss model"). The level of the
allowance reflects Management's continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio
quality and present economic, political and regulatory conditions. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently
involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo
material changes. Further, we generally rely on appraisals of the collateral or comparable sales data to determine the level of specific reserve and/or the
charge-off amount on certain collateral dependent loans. Inaccurate assumptions in the appraisals or an inappropriate choice of the valuation techniques
may lead to an inadequate level of specific reserve or charge-offs.
Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans and their collateral, identification of additional problem
loans and other factors, may require an increase in our allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance
for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs. In addition, if charge-offs in
future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses or the cash flows from the acquired loans do not perform as expected, we will need to record
additional provision for loan losses.
Additionally, in December 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial
Instruments: Credit Losses, which establishes a new impairment framework also known as the "current expected credit loss model". In contrast of the
incurred loss model currently used by financial entities like us, the latest current expected credit loss model requires an allowance be recognized based
on the expected credit losses (i.e. all contractual cash flows that the entity does not expect to collect from financial assets or commitment to extend
credit). It requires the consideration of more forward-looking information than is permitted under current U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In
addition to relevant information about past events and current conditions, such as the borrowers’ current creditworthiness, quantitative and qualitative
factors specific to borrowers and the economic environment in which the entity operates, the new model requires consideration of reasonable and
supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the financial assets’ remaining contractual cash flows, and evaluation of the forecasted
direction of the economic cycle, as well as time value of money. The FASB's latest impairment framework is expected to have wide reaching
implications to financial institutions such as us. The allowance for loan losses is likely to increase due to a larger volume of financial assets that fall
within the scope of the proposed model, resulting in an adverse impact on net income, volatility in earnings and higher capital requirements. The full
effect of the implementation of this new model is unknown until the proposed guidance is finalized.
Page-15
We Face Intense Competition with Other Financial Institutions to Attract and Retain Banking Customers
We are facing significant competition for customers from other banks and financial institutions located in the markets we serve. We compete with
commercial banks, saving banks, credit unions, non-bank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within or near our
serving areas. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations as we are, thus they are able to offer greater
flexibility in competing for business. We anticipate intense competition will be continued for the coming year due to the recent consolidation of many
financial institutions and more changes in legislature, regulation and technology. Further, we expect loan demand to continue to be challenging due to
the uncertain economic climate and the intensifying competition for creditworthy borrowers, both of which could lead to loan rate concession pressure
and could impact our ability to generate profitable loans.
Going forward, we may see tighter competition in the industry as banks seek to take market share in the most profitable customer segments,
particularly the small business segment and the mass-affluent segment, which offer a rich source of deposits as well as more profitable and less risky
customer relationships. Further, with the rebound of the equity markets, our deposit customers may perceive alternative investment opportunities as
providing superior expected returns. Technology and other changes have made it more convenient for bank customers to transfer funds into alternative
investments or other deposit accounts such as online virtual banks and non-bank service providers. The current low interest rate environment could
increase such transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits or other investments. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits,
including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When our customers move money into higher yielding deposits or in favor of alternative investments,
we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs.
We also compete with nation-wide and regional banks much larger than our size, which may be able to benefit from economies of scale through their
wider branch network, national advertising campaigns and sophisticated technology infrastructure. In 2012, a local community bank in our Marin market
was acquired by a reputable regional bank seeking to expand their footprint in our primary market.
We intend to seek additional deposits by continuing to establish and strengthen our personal relationships with our existing customers and by offering
deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our markets. If these efforts are unsuccessful, we may need to
fund our asset growth through borrowings, other non-core funding or public offerings of our common stock which could be leveraged. Increased debt
would further increase our leverage, reduce our borrowing capacity and increase our reliance on non-core funds and counterparties' credit availability. A
public offering may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.
Our Ability to Access Markets for Funding and Acquire and Retain Customers Could be Adversely Affected by the Deterioration of Other
Financial Institutions or the Financial Service Industry's Reputation
Reputation risk is the risk to liquidity, earnings and capital arising from negative publicity regarding the financial services industry. The financial services
industry continues to be featured in negative headlines about its roles in the past global and national credit crisis and the resulting stabilization
legislation enacted by the U.S. federal government. These reports can be damaging to the industry's image and potentially erode consumer confidence
in insured financial institutions. Bank failures in California, including in our own markets, have had a negative impact. In addition, our ability to engage in
routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial
services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or
questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems,
losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience
increases in deposits and assets as a direct or indirect result of other banks' difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we need to support
such growth or we could experience severe and unexpected decreases in deposits which could adversely impact our liquidity and heighten regulatory
concern.
Page-16
Bancorp and the Bank are Subject to Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision
Bancorp and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state governmental supervision, regulation and control. Holding company regulations affect
the range of activities in which Bancorp is engaged. Banking regulations affect the Bank's lending practices, capital structure, investment practices and
dividend policy among other controls. Future legislative changes or interpretations may also alter the structure and competitive relationship among
financial institutions. Legislation is regularly introduced in the U.S Congress and the California Legislature which would impact our operating environment
in perhaps substantial and unpredictable ways. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting us is unpredictable at this
time.
The historic disruptions in the financial marketplace over the past few years have prompted the Obama administration to reform the financial market
regulation. This reform includes additional regulations over consumer financial products, bond rating agencies and the creation of a regime for regulating
systemic risk across all types of financial service firms. In light of recent economic conditions, as well as regulatory and congressional criticism, further
restrictions on financial service companies may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition, as well as increase our compliance
risk.
Compliance risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or non-conformance with, laws, rules, regulations,
prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards set forth by regulators. Compliance risk also arises in situations where the
laws or rules governing certain bank products or activities of our clients may be ambiguous or untested. This risk exposes Bancorp and the Bank to
potential fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can lead to diminished reputation, reduced
franchise value, limited business opportunities, reduced expansion potential and an inability to enforce contracts.
For further information on supervision and regulation, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 above.
Bancorp Relies on Dividends from the Bank to Pay Cash Dividends to Shareholders
Bancorp is a separate legal entity from its subsidiary, the Bank. Bancorp receives substantially all of its revenue from the Bank in the form of dividends,
which is Bancorp's principal source of funds to pay cash dividends to Bancorp's common shareholders. Various federal and state laws and regulations
limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to Bancorp. In the event that the Bank is unable to pay dividends to Bancorp, Bancorp may not be
able to pay dividends to its shareholders. As a result, it could have an adverse effect on Bancorp's stock price and investment value.
Under federal law, capital distributions from the Bank would become prohibited, with limited exceptions, if the Bank were categorized as
"undercapitalized" under applicable FRB or FDIC regulations. In addition, as a California bank, the Bank is subject to state law restrictions on the
payment of dividends. For further information on the distribution limit from the Bank to Bancorp, see the section captioned “Bank Regulation” in Item 1
above and “Dividends” in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 below.
The Trading Volume of Bancorp's Common Stock is Less than That of Other Larger Financial Services Companies
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ's Capital Market. Our trading volume is less than that of nationwide or regional financial institutions. A
public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence of willing buyers and sellers of
common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over
which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant trades of our stock in a given time, or the expectations of
these trades, could cause the stock price to be more volatile.
Failure of Correspondent Banks and Counterparties May Affect our Liquidity
In the past few years, the financial services industry in general was materially and adversely affected by the credit crises. We have witnessed failure of
banks in the industry in recent years. We rely on our correspondent banks for lines of credit. We also have two correspondent banks as counterparties
in our derivative transactions (see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in item 8 in this Form 10-K). While we continually monitor the
financial health
Page-17
of our correspondent banks and we have diverse sources of liquidity, should any one of our correspondent banks become financially impaired, our
available credit may decline and/or they may be unable to honor their commitments.
Unexpected Early Termination of Our Interest Rate Swap Agreements May Impact Our Earnings
We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements, primarily as an asset/liability management strategy, in order to mitigate the changes in the fair
value of specified long-term fixed-rate loans and firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans caused by changes in interest rates. These
hedges allow us to offer long-term fixed rate loans to customers without assuming the interest rate risk of a long-term asset by swapping our fixed-rate
interest stream for a floating-rate interest stream. In the event of default by the borrowers on our hedged loans, we may have to terminate these
designated interest-rate swap agreements early, resulting in severe prepayment penalties charged by our counterparties. On the other hand, when these
interest-rate swap agreements are in an asset position, we are subject to the credit risk of our counterparties, who may default on the interest-rate swap
agreements, leaving us vulnerable to interest rate movements.
Securities May Lose Value due to Credit Quality of the Issuers
We hold securities issued and/or guaranteed by Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(“FHLMC”). In 2008, the U.S. Government placed both FNMA and FHLMC under conservatorship. Starting in December 2008, the U.S. Government also
began purchasing mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) issued by FNMA. Further, in December 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced unlimited capital
support for FNMA and FHLMC for the next three years. As a result, the MBS issued by FNMA and FHLMC has experienced an increase in fair value
and our available-for-sale security portfolio has benefited from this government support. However, on August 17, 2012, the U.S. Department of the
Treasury announced plans that will accelerate the wind down of FNMA and FHLMC and incrementally shrink the government's housing-finance footprint
by, among other things, accelerating the reduction of FNMA and FHLMC's investment portfolios at an annual rate of 15 percent and sweeping every
dollar of profit that each firm earns quarterly to the U.S. Treasury.
In September 2012, the Federal Reserve stated it will purchase $40 in mortgage-backed securities monthly and will continue to do so indefinitely until
the employment market improves substantially. When the U.S. Government starts selling the MBS securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC, when the
government support is phased-out or completely withdrawn, or if either the FNMA or FHLMC comes under further financial stress or deteriorates in their
credit worthiness, the fair value of our securities issued or guaranteed by these entities could be negatively affected.
We also invest in obligations of state and political subdivisions, some of which are experiencing financial difficulties in part due to loss of property tax
from falling home values and declines in sales tax revenues from a reduction in retail activities. The 2009 federal stimulus plan funds flowing out to state
governments across the country are running down and are expected to continue to decline and be fully utilized by 2013. State and political subdivisions
are expected to undergo further financial stress due to the reduced federal funding. While we generally seek to minimize our exposure by diversifying
geographic location of our portfolio and investing in investment grade securities, there is no guarantee that the issuers will remain financially sound to be
current with their payments on these debentures.
Deterioration of Credit Quality or Insolvency of Insurance Companies May Impede our Ability to Recover Losses
The recent financial crisis has led certain major insurance companies to continue to be downgraded by rating agencies. We have property, casualty and
financial institution risk coverage underwritten by several insurance companies, who may not avoid the insolvency risk permeating the insurance
industry. In addition, some of our investment in obligations of state and political subdivisions is insured by several insurance companies. While we
closely monitor credit ratings of our insurers and insurers of our municipality securities, and we are poised to make quick changes if needed, we cannot
predict an unexpected inability to honor commitments. We also invest in bank-owned life insurance policies on certain members of senior Management,
which may lose value in the event of the carriers' insolvency. In the event that our bank-owned life insurance policy carriers' credit ratings fall below
investment grade, we may exchange policies underwritten by them to another carrier at a cost charged by the original carrier, or we may terminate the
policies which may result in adverse tax consequences.
Our loan portfolio is also primarily secured by properties located in earthquake or fire-prone zones. In the event of a disaster that causes pervasive
damage to the region in which we operate, not only the Bank, but also the loan collateral may suffer losses not recovered by insurance.
Page-18
We Rely on Technology and Continually Encounter Technological Change
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and
services. The effective use of technology will enable efficiency and meet customers' changing needs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our
ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to
create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services as efficient as national banks or be successful in marketing
these products and services to retain and compete for customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial
services industry could have a material adverse impact on the long-term aspect of our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of
operations.
We May Experience a Breach in Cyber Security
Our business requires the secure handling of sensitive client information. We also rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct
our business. Cyber incidents include intentional attacks or unintentional events that can include gaining unauthorized access to digital systems to
disrupt operations, corrupting data, stealing sensitive information or causing denial-of-service on our Web sites. We store, process and transmit account
information in connection with lending and deposit relationships, including funds transfer and online banking. A breach of cyber-security systems of the
Bank, our vendors or customers, or widely publicized breaches of other financial institutions could significantly harm our reputation, result in a loss of
customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. While we have systems
and procedures designed to prevent security breaches, we cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, physical system or network break-
ins or inappropriate access will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our networks or proprietary client information.
We Rely on Third-Party Vendors for Important Aspects of Our Operation
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information provided by certain key vendors, including but not limited to data processing, payroll
processing, technology support, investment security safekeeping and accounting. Our ability to operate, as well as our financial condition and results of
operations, could be negatively affected in the event of an interruption of an information system, an undetected error, or in the event of a natural disaster
whereby certain vendors are unable to maintain business continuity.
We May Not Be Able To Attract and Retain Key Employees
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged by us can
be intense and we may not be able to hire skilled people or retain them. We do not currently have non-competitive agreements with any of our senior
officers. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of the skills, knowledge of our
market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
Severe Weather, Natural Disasters or Other Climate Change Related Matters Could Significantly Impact Our Business
Our primary market is located in an earthquake-prone zone in northern California. Other severe weather or disasters, such as severe rainstorms, wildfire
or flood, could interrupt our business operations unexpectedly. Climate-related physical changes and hazards could also pose credit risks for us. For
example, our borrowers may have collateral properties located in coastal areas at risk to rise in sea level. The properties pledged as collateral on our
loan portfolio could also be damaged by tsunamis, floods, earthquake or wildfires and thereby the recoverability of our loan could be impaired. A number
of factors affect our credit losses, including the extent of damage to the collateral, the extent of damage not covered by insurance, the extent to which
unemployment and other economic conditions caused by the natural disaster adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, and the cost
of collection and foreclosure to us. Lastly, there could be increased insurance premiums and deductibles, or a decrease in the availability of coverage,
due to severe weather-related losses. The ultimate impact on our business of a natural disaster, whether or not caused by climate change, is difficult to
predict.
Page-19
ITEM 1B UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None
ITEM 2 PROPERTIES
We lease our corporate headquarters building, which houses our primary loan production, operations, and administrative offices, in Novato, California.
We also lease other branch or office facilities within our primary market areas in the cities of Corte Madera, San Rafael, Novato, Sausalito, Mill Valley,
Tiburon, Greenbrae, Petaluma, Santa Rosa, Sonoma, Napa and San Francisco, California. We consider our properties to be suitable and adequate for
our needs. For additional information on properties, see Notes 5 and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
ITEM 3 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We may be party to legal actions which arise from time to time as part of the normal course of our business. We believe, after consultation with legal
counsel, that we have meritorious defenses in these actions, and that litigation contingency liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
We are responsible for our proportionate share of certain litigation indemnifications provided to Visa U.S.A. by its member banks in connection with
lawsuits related to anti-trust charges and interchange fees. For further details, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this
2012 Form 10-K.
ITEM 4 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
Page-20
PART II
ITEM 5 MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
Bancorp common stock trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol BMRC. At February 28, 2013, 5,420,226 shares of Bancorp's
common stock, no par value, were outstanding and held by approximately 2,600 holders of record. The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the range of high and low intra-day sales prices of Bancorp's common stock.
Calendar
Quarter
1st Quarter $
2nd Quarter $
3rd Quarter $
4th Quarter $
2012
High
40.44 $
39.38 $
44.02 $
44.09 $
Low
34.56 $
35.23 $
35.72 $
34.50 $
2011
High
37.72 $
39.39 $
39.85 $
38.63 $
The table below shows cash dividends paid to common shareholders on a quarterly basis in the last two fiscal years.
Calendar
Quarter
1st Quarter $
2nd Quarter $
3rd Quarter $
4th Quarter $
2012
Per Share
0.17 $
0.17 $
0.18 $
0.18 $
Dollars
908,000 $
911,000 $
965,000 $
967,000 $
2011
Per Share
0.16 $
0.16 $
0.16 $
0.17 $
Low
31.80
34.04
32.34
32.10
Dollars
848,000
851,000
852,000
906,000
For additional information regarding our ability to pay dividends, see discussion in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statement, under the heading
“Dividends,” in Item 8 of this report.
There were no purchases made by or on behalf of Bancorp or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934), of the Bancorp's common stock during the fourth quarter of 2012.
On July 2, 2007, Bancorp executed a shareholder rights agreement (“Rights Agreement”) designed to discourage takeovers that involve abusive tactics
or do not provide fair value to shareholders. Refer to Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on July 2, 2007. For further information, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, under the heading “Shareholder Rights Plan”
in Item 8 of this report.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2012, with respect to equity compensation plans. All plans have been approved by the
shareholders.
(A)
(B)
(C)
Shares to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options
Weighted average exercise
price of outstanding options
Shares available for future issuance
(Excluding shares in column A)
Equity compensation plans approved by
shareholders
285,533 1 $
31.73
434,009 2
1 Represents shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the Bank of Marin 1999 Stock Option Plan and the Bank of Marin Bancorp 2007 Equity
Plan.
2 Represents shares of common stock available for future grants under the 2007 Equity Plan and the 2010 Director Stock Plan.
Page-21
Stock Price Performance Graph
The following graph, provided by Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc., shows a comparison of cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock
during the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 compared to Russell 2000 Stock index and peer group index of other financial institutions. We
have been part of the Russell 2000 index since July 2009. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2007 in our common stock
and all of the dividends were reinvested. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future
performance. Ticker symbol BMRC represents the common stock of Bank of Marin Bancorp subsequent to its formation July 1, 2007 and represents the
common stock of Bank of Marin for periods prior to the formation of the bank holding company.
BMRC
Peer Group1
Russell 2000
2007
100
100
100
2008
82
58
66
2009
111
48
84
2010
120
48
107
2011
129
41
102
2012
128
51
119
1BMRC Peer Group represents public California banks with assets between $1 billion to $5 billion as of December 31, 2012: FMBL, WABC, MCHB, CYHT, HAFC,
WIBC, TCBK, FCAL, FMCB, EXSR, HTBK, PFBC, BSRR, BBNK, AMBZ, CUNB, PPBI, PMBC, HEOP. The peer group composite index is weighted by market
capitalization and reinvests dividends on the ex-date and adjusts for stock splits, if applicable.
Source: Company Reports, FactSet, and SNL
Page-22
ITEM 6 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2011/2012
% change
$
$
At December 31,
Total assets
Total loans
Total deposits
Total stockholders' equity
Equity-to-asset ratio
For year ended December 31,
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Net income
Net income per share (diluted)
Tax-equivalent net interest margin
Cash dividend payout ratio on common
stock 1
1,434,749 $
1,073,952
1,253,289
151,792
10.6%
1,393,263 $
1,031,154
1,202,972
135,551
1,208,150 $
941,400
1,015,739
121,920
1,121,672 $
917,748
944,061
109,051
1,049,557
890,544
852,290
125,546
9.7%
10.1%
9.7%
12.0%
63,190 $
2,900
7,112
38,694
17,817
3.28
4.74%
63,819 $
7,050
6,269
38,283
15,564
2.89
5.13%
54,909 $
5,350
5,521
33,357
13,552
2.55
4.95%
52,567 $
5,510
5,182
31,696
12,765
2.19
5.17%
48,359
5,010
5,356
28,677
12,150
2.31
5.41%
3.0 %
4.2 %
4.2 %
12.0 %
9.3 %
(1.0)%
(58.9)%
13.4 %
1.1 %
14.5 %
13.5 %
(7.6)%
21.0%
22.1%
23.6%
25.8%
23.9%
(5.0)%
1 Calculated as dividends on common share divided by basic net income per common share.
Page-23
ITEM 7 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2012 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included in Part II Item 8
of this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances.
Forward-Looking Statements
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by important factors detailed in Part I captioned Forward-Looking Statements and Item 1A captioned
Risk Factors of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in the report.
Executive Summary
Record annual earnings for 2012 totaled $17.8 million, up 14.5%, from $15.6 million in the same period a year ago. Diluted earnings per share for the
year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $3.28, up $0.39, from $2.89 in the same period of 2011.
Our overall strong performance demonstrates the solid relationships we have built with our customers while also maintaining our high credit quality
standards. We proactively manage problem credit relationships which have resulted in a number of successful resolutions of purchased credit-impaired
loans. Total loans increased $42.8 million, or 4.2% to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012 when compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011. This
growth was driven by strong performance in Marin ($30.1 million), Napa ($16.8 million), Santa Rosa ($11.7 million) and San Francisco ($6.8 million)
markets. We have seen construction loans decline as our primary focus continues to be business lending. We are adding lenders with wine industry
experience and believe we are positioned for future growth in the wine-related business in Napa and Sonoma counties.
Credit quality remains solid with net charge-offs in 2012 totaling $3.9 million compared to $4.8 million in the prior year. 2011 charge-offs included $1.5
million in loans from the Acquisition. The allowance for loan losses totaled 1.27% of loans at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.42% at December 31,
2011. The decline from the prior year primarily relates to current year charge-offs of specific reserves established in 2011. Despite the increase in non-
accrual loans, the newly identified problem loans do not have significant credit loss exposure due to their well secured nature. In addition, we have
experienced a shift in the mix of loans toward those having a lower loss reserve factor and fewer loans graded "Substandard".
The provision for loan losses totaled $2.9 million and $7.1 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in 2012 is primarily due to fewer newly
identified problem loans that have significant loss exposure. The 2011 provision for loan losses included $2.3 million related to the acquired loan
portfolio, which did not recur in 2012. Non-accruing loans totaled $17.6 million, or 1.64% of Bancorp's total loan portfolio at December 31, 2012,
compared to $12.0 million , or 1.16% a year ago. The increase in 2012 is primarily related to two problem borrowing relationships. We believe these
loans are adequately collateralized and expect gradual pay-downs in 2013.
Deposits totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase primarily reflects increases of $35.0
million in transaction accounts, $30.1 million in non-interest bearing accounts, $17.8 million in savings accounts and $9.3 million in money market
accounts, partially offset by decreases of $30.9 million in CDARS® time accounts and $10.9 million in other time accounts. Non-interest bearing
deposits totaled 31.1% of total deposits at December 31, 2012.
In a conscious effort to deploy excess liquidity, we grew our investment securities portfolio to $293.4 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $98.6
million or 50.6%, from $194.8 million at December 31, 2011.
The total risk-based capital ratio for Bancorp grew to 13.7%, up from 13.1% at December 31, 2011, and continues to be well above industry
requirements for a well-capitalized institution.
Page-24
The continued low interest rate environment has resulted in net interest margin compression. Net interest income totaled $63.2 million and $63.8 million
in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.74% in 2012, compared to 5.13% in 2011 and 4.95% in 2010. The
decreases from prior years reflect 1) a lower level of accretion on purchased loans; 2) rate concessions and downward repricing on existing loans; and
3) lower yields on new loans and securities. These decreases are partially offset by a reduction in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, as the prior year
reflects a $924 thousand prepayment penalty on a Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advance in September 2011. Furthermore, the current year was
positively affected by the maturity of another FHLB advance in January 2012, as well as the downward repricing on deposits. Going forward, we expect
to see continued pressure on the margin, as the low interest rate environment is expected to continue. As the higher yielding loans repay and
investment securities are called or mature, we expect them to continue to be replaced at the lower market rates due to increased competition for quality
loans. In this historically low interest rate environment, our cost of deposits totaled 17 basis points in the year ended December 31, 2012, which doesn't
leave much room for additional downward pricing of deposits to manage pressure on the net interest margin. Nonetheless, we continue to focus on
growing our loan volume, which will favorably impact our net interest margin. We expect loan fundings to continue in 2013 based on our strong loan
pipeline and our planned hiring of lenders.
If interest rates increase, we anticipate that net interest income will rise. Additionally, it may take several upward market rate movements for the variable
rate loans at floors to move above the floor rates. Please see Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk for more information
about the affect of interest rate increases on our net interest income.
Non-interest income totaled $7.1 million in the year ended 2012 compared to $6.3 million in the same period of 2011. The year-to-date increase of $843
thousand, or 13.4% from the prior year primarily reflects higher merchant card interchange income and service charges on deposit accounts.
Non-interest expense totaled $38.7 million and $38.3 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, representing a $411 thousand or 1.1% increase. The year-
to-date increase in 2012 compared to the same period a year ago primarily reflects higher personnel costs associated with merit increases, and to a
lesser extent, new hires in the lending and deposit services areas, partially offset by lower acquisition-related expenses and lower data processing
expenses due to a re-negotiated contract. Expense control continues to be a high priority and our efficiency ratio was a solid 55.0% in 2012 and 54.6%
in 2011.
Page-25
Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require
Management's most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are
inherently uncertain.
Management has determined the following five accounting policies to be critical: Allowance for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans, Other-than-temporary
Impairment of Investment Securities, Accounting for Income Taxes and Fair Value Measurements.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses
inherent in the outstanding loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. In
periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, Management considers our past loan loss experience by type of credit, known and
inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, current
economic conditions and other factors. We formally assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. These assessments
include the periodic re-grading of loans based on changes in their individual credit characteristics including delinquency, seasoning, recent financial
performance of the borrower, economic factors, changes in the interest rate environment, and other factors as warranted. Loans are initially graded when
originated. They are reviewed as they are renewed, when there is a new loan to the same borrower and/or when facts demonstrate heightened risk of
default. Confirmation of the quality of our grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by outside consultants specifically hired for this
purpose and by periodic examination by various bank regulatory agencies. Management monitors delinquent loans continuously and identifies problem
loans to be evaluated individually for impairment testing. For loans that are deemed impaired, formal impairment measurement is performed at least
quarterly on a loan-by-loan basis.
Our method for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes specific allowances for identified problem loans, an allowance factor for
categories of credits, and allowances for changing environmental factors (e.g., portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth and economic factors).
Allowances for identified problem loans are based on specific analysis of individual credits. Loss estimation factors for loan categories are based on
analysis of local economic factors applicable to each loan category, including consideration of our charge-off history. Allowances for changing
environmental factors are Management's best estimate of the probable impact on the loan portfolio as a whole.
For our methodology on estimating the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans, refer to the section Acquired Loans below.
Acquired Loans
Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date in accordance with ASC 805 Business Combinations, factoring in credit
losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of
the acquisition date.
The process of estimating fair values of the acquired loans, including the estimate of losses that are expected to be incurred over the estimated
remaining lives of the loans at acquisition date and the ongoing updates to Management's expectation of future cash flows, requires significant
subjective judgments and assumptions, particularly considering the current economic environment. The economic environment and the lack of market
liquidity and transparency are factors that have influenced, and may continue to affect, these assumptions and estimates.
We estimated the fair value of acquired loans at the acquisition date based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered factors including the
type of loan and related collateral, risk classification, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current
discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation
techniques. The estimate of expected cash flows incorporates our best estimate of current key assumptions, such as property values, default rates,
loss severity and prepayment speeds. The discount rates used for loans were based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans,
where available, and include adjustments for liquidity concerns.
Page-26
To the extent comparable market rates are not readily available, a discount rate was derived based on the assumptions of market participants' cost of
funds, servicing costs and return requirements for comparable risk assets. In either case, the discount rate does not include a factor for credit losses,
as that has been considered in estimating the cash flows. The initial estimate of cash flows to be collected was derived from assumptions such as
default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds.
In conjunction with the Acquisition, we purchased certain loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration subsequent to their origination and for which
it was probable, at acquisition, that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Management has applied significant subjective
judgment in determining which loans are PCI loans. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include data such as past due
and nonaccrual status, risk grades and recent loan-to-value percentages. Revolving credit agreements (e.g. home equity lines of credit and revolving
commercial loans), where the borrower had revolving privileges at acquisition date, are not considered PCI loans because the timing and amount of cash
flows cannot be reasonably estimated.
The accounting guidance for PCI loans provides that the excess of the cash flows initially expected to be collected over the fair value of the loans at the
acquisition date (i.e., the accretable yield) should be accreted into interest income at a level rate of return over the remaining term of the loan, provided
that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows
expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is not recorded.
The initial estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is updated each quarter and requires the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates
similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Given the current economic environment, we apply judgment to develop our estimate of cash flows for PCI
loans given the impact of real estate value changes, changing probability of default, loss severities and prepayment speeds.
For purposes of accounting for the PCI loans purchased in the Acquisition, we elected not to apply the pooling method but to account for these loans
individually. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full by the borrower, or foreclosure of the
collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.
If we have probable and significant increases in cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans, we first reverse any previously established allowance
for loan loss and then increase interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loans. The impact of changes in variable
interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income. All PCI loans that were classified as nonperforming loans prior to
Acquisition were no longer classified as nonperforming because, at Acquisition, we believed that we would fully collect the new carrying value of these
loans. Subsequent to Acquisition, specific allowances are allocated to PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration through an increase to the
allowance for loan losses. The amount of cash flows expected to be collected and, accordingly, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses are
particularly sensitive to changes in loan credit quality. When there is doubt as to the timing and amount of future cash flows to be collected, PCI loans
are classified as non-accrual loans. It is important to note that judgment is required to classify PCI loans as performing or non-accrual, and is dependent
on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected.
For acquired loans not considered PCI loans, we elect to recognize the entire fair value discount accretion based on the acquired loan's contractual
cash flows using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and on a straight line basis to interest income for revolving lines, as the timing and
amount of cash flows under revolving lines are not predictable. Subsequent to Acquisition, if the probable and estimable losses for non-PCI loans
exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as an allowance for loan losses.
For further information regarding our acquired loans, see Note 2 and Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Page-27
Other-than-temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
At each financial statement date, we assess whether declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their costs are
deemed to be other than temporary. We consider, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than
cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) our intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient
to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, the remaining payment terms of the instrument and
economic factors that are relevant to the collectability of the instrument, such as: current prepayment speeds, the current financial condition of the
issuer(s), industry analyst reports, credit ratings, credit default rates, interest rate trends and the value of any underlying collateral. Credit-related other-
than-temporary impairment results in a charge to earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the security. Non-credit-related
other-than-temporary impairment results in a charge to other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes, and the corresponding establishment of a
new cost basis for the security. The other-than-temporary impairment recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-
to-maturity is accreted from other comprehensive income to the amortized cost of the debt security over the remaining life of the debt security in a
prospective manner on the basis of the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.
Accounting for Income Taxes
Income taxes reported in the financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or
refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences that have been recognized in the
financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements
and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record net
deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not that they will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover the deferred tax assets,
Management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In projecting future taxable income, Management develops assumptions including the
amount of future state and federal pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax
planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and
estimates being used to manage the underlying business. Bancorp files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.
We recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits and all available evidence,
that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution through protests, appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that
meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, we measure the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon
ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as
described previously is recognized as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, along with any related interest and penalties. Interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of tax expenses.
In deciding whether or not our tax positions taken meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we must make judgments and interpretations
about the application of inherently complex state and federal tax laws. To the extent tax authorities disagree with tax positions taken by us, our effective
tax rates could be materially affected in the period of settlement with the taxing authorities. Revision of our estimate of accrued income taxes also may
result from our own income tax planning, which may affect our effective tax rates and our results of operations for any given quarter.
Fair Value Measurements
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. We base our
fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. Securities available-for-sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally,
from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as purchased loans recorded at acquisition
date, certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held-to-maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value
adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.
Page-28
We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs when developing fair value
measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but
these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our
recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our
use of fair value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form
10-K.
Page-29
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table:
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
For the period:
Net income
Net income per share
Basic
Diluted
Return on average equity
Return on average assets
Common stock dividend payout ratio
Average shareholders’ equity to average total
assets
Efficiency ratio
Tax equivalent net interest margin
At period end:
Book value per common share
Total assets
Total loans
Total deposits
Loan-to-deposit ratio
Total risk based capital ratio - Bancorp
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
For years ended
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2012
17,817
3.34
3.28
12.36
1.24
21.06
10.05
55.04
4.74
$
$
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
2011
15,564
2.94
2.89
12.01
1.16
22.11
9.69
54.62
5.13
$
$
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
2010
13,552
2.59
2.55
11.67 %
1.14 %
23.55 %
9.79 %
55.20 %
4.95 %
28.17
1,434,749
1,073,952
1,253,289
85.69
13.7
$
$
$
$
%
%
25.40
1,393,263
1,031,154
1,202,972
85.72
13.1
$
$
$
$
%
%
23.05
1,208,150
941,400
1,015,739
92.68 %
13.3 %
SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Table 1 sets forth the quarterly results of operations for 2012 and 2011:
Table 1 Summarized Statement of Income
(dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income available to common stockholders
Net income per common share
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
2012 Quarters Ended
2011 Quarters Ended
Dec. 31
Sept. 30
16,298
507
15,791
700
15,091
1,816
9,582
15,598
681
14,917
2,100
12,817
1,801
9,592
Jun. 30
16,937
656
16,281
100
16,181
1,800
9,685
7,325
2,623
4,702 $
4,702 $
5,026
1,802
3,224 $
3,224 $
8,296
3,345
4,951 $
4,951 $
Mar. 31
16,933
732
16,201
—
16,201
1,695
9,835
8,061
3,121
4,940
4,940
Dec. 31
Sept. 30
16,666
948
15,718
2,500
13,218
1,524
9,734
17,225
2,005
15,220
500
14,720
1,565
9,421
Jun. 30
18,137
1,134
17,003
3,000
14,003
1,581
9,998
5,008
1,625
3,383 $
3,383 $
6,864
2,631
4,233 $
4,233 $
5,586
2,147
3,439 $
3,439 $
$
$
Mar. 31
17,086
1,208
15,878
1,050
14,828
1,599
9,130
7,297
2,788
4,509
4,509
0.88 $
0.86 $
0.60 $
0.59 $
0.93 $
0.91 $
0.93
0.91
$
$
0.64 $
0.63 $
0.80 $
0.79 $
0.65 $
0.64 $
0.85
0.84
Page-30
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense
incurred on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by changes in general market interest rates and by changes
in the amounts and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net
interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets or liabilities. We manage interest rate risk exposure with the goal of
minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on net interest margin.
Net interest margin is expressed as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between
the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets and the average rate incurred on total interest-bearing liabilities. Both of these measures are
reported on a taxable-equivalent basis. Net interest margin is the higher of the two because it reflects interest income earned on assets funded with non-
interest-bearing sources of funds, which include demand deposits and stockholders’ equity.
The following table, Average Statements of Condition and Analysis of Net Interest Income, compares interest income and average interest-earning
assets with interest expense and average interest-bearing liabilities for the periods presented. The table also indicates net interest income, net interest
margin and net interest rate spread for each period presented.
Page-31
Table 2 Average Statements of Condition and Analysis of Net Interest Income
Year ended
Year ended
Year ended
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Interest
Interest
Interest
Average
Income/
Yield/
Average
Income/
Yield/
Average
Income/
Yield/
(dollars in thousands)
Balance
Expense
Rate
Balance
Expense
Rate
Balance
Expense
Rate
Assets
Interest-bearing due from banks 1 $
Federal Funds sold
Investment securities 2, 3
Loans 1, 3, 4
Total interest-earning assets 1
Cash and non-interest-bearing due
from banks
Bank premises and equipment, net
Interest receivable and other
assets, net
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing transaction
accounts
$
$
Savings accounts
Money market accounts
CDARS® time accounts
Other time accounts
FHLB borrowings and overnight
borrowings 1
Subordinated debenture 1
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Demand accounts
Interest payable and other
liabilities
Stockholders' equity
234,014
1,023,165
1,337,822
51,301
9,183
36,155
1,434,461
152,778 $
86,670
436,281
30,016
144,106
16,205
3,552
869,608
406,861
13,881
144,111
80,643 $
214
0.26% $
87,365 $
222
0.25% $
6,829
59,991
67,034
2.92%
5.77%
4.93%
175,571
984,211
1,247,147
6,049
63,914
70,185
3.45%
6.40%
5.55%
43,028 $
3,049
136,437
929,755
1,112,269
143
2
5,568
56,542
62,255
0.33%
0.07%
4.10%
6.00%
5.52%
46,673
9,136
34,183
1,337,139
$
34,383
8,259
31,262
1,186,173
$
151
88
689
83
1,068
0.10% $
0.10%
0.16%
0.28%
0.74%
345
152
2.09%
4.21% 6
2,576
0.30%
151
98
1,286
237
1,314
2,062
147
5,295
0.12% $
0.14%
0.32%
0.60%
0.87%
4.15% 5
2.90%
0.63%
125,316 $
69,792
405,726
39,514
151,866
49,722
5,000
846,936
347,682
12,983
129,538
110
104
2,467
842
1,495
1,281
149
6,448
0.11%
0.20%
0.63%
1.18%
1.20%
2.33%
2.94%
0.81%
98,168 $
51,738
390,575
71,432
124,631
55,002
5,000
796,546
263,742
9,791
116,094
Total liabilities & stockholders'
equity
$
1,434,461
$
1,337,139
$
1,186,173
Tax-equivalent net interest
income/margin 1
Reported net interest income/margin
1
Tax-equivalent net interest rate
spread
$
$
64,458
4.74%
63,190
4.65%
$
$
64,890
5.13%
63,819
5.05%
$
$
55,807
4.95%
54,909
4.87%
4.63%
4.92%
4.71%
1 Interest income/expense is divided by actual number of days in the period times 360 days to correspond to stated interest rate terms, where applicable.
2 Yields on available-for-sale securities are calculated based on amortized cost balances rather than fair value, as changes in fair value are reflected as a
component of stockholders' equity. Investment security interest is earned on 30/360 basis monthly.
3 Yields and interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis using the Federal statutory rate of 35 percent.
4 Average balances on loans outstanding include non-performing loans. The amortized portion of net loan origination fees is included in interest income on
loans, representing an adjustment to the yield.
5 Amount includes $924 thousand prepayment penalty in 2011 discussed in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements of the 2012 Annual Report.
6 Amount includes $42 thousand accelerated amortization of debt issuance costs in the third quarter of 2012.
2012 compared with 2011:
The tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.74% in 2012, compared to 5.13% in 2011. The decrease of thirty-nine basis points was primarily due to a
lower yield on interest-earning assets, mainly relating to a lower level of accretion on purchased loans. This is partially offset by the reduction in the cost
of interest-bearing liabilities discussed below. The net interest spread decreased twenty-nine basis points over the same period for the same reasons.
The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased sixty-two basis points in 2012 compared to 2011. The yield on the loan portfolio decreased
sixty-three basis points primarily due to the lower level of accretion and gains on payoffs on purchased loans, the downward repricing and rate
concessions on existing loans and securities, as well as new loans and securities boarded at lower rates. The loan portfolio as a percentage of average
interest earning assets, decreased to 76.5% at December 31, 2012, from 78.9% at December 31, 2011. The overall yield on total investment securities
decreased fifty-three basis points, primarily due to lower yields on recently purchased securities in this low interest rate environment, as well as the
accelerated amortization of purchase premiums.
Page-32
Market interest rates are, in part, based on the target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-term borrowings)
implemented by the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee. In December of 2008, the target interest rate reached a historic low with a range of 0% to
0.25% where it remains as of December 31, 2012. Other monetary policy measures taken by the Federal Reserve, including quantitative easing, also
impact the interest rate environment. In September of 2012, the Federal Reserve announced a third round of quantitative easing, which is expected to
exert further downward pricing pressure on our interest-earning assets as interest rates remain low.
The rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased thirty-three basis points at December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, primarily due to the
absence of the 2011 $924 thousand prepayment penalty, the maturity and early payoff of two higher costing FHLB borrowings late in 2011 and early in
2012, and lower offering rates on deposits.
Key components of our net interest margin fluctuation were as follows:
Years ended
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Dollar Amount
Basis point impact
to net interest
margin
Dollar Amount
Basis point impact
to net interest
margin
$
$
$
$
$
1,641
789
1,714
182
(231)
N/A
12 bps $
6 bps $
13 bps $
1 bps $
(2 bps) $
N/A $
1,418
2,857
1,879
6
(233)
(924)
11 bps
23 bps
15 bps
—
(2 bps)
(7 bps)
(dollars in thousands)
Accretion on PCI loans
Accretion on non-PCI loans
Gains on pay-offs of PCI loans
Interest recoveries
Interest reversals
FHLB Prepayment Penalty - September 2011
2011 Compared with 2010:
Tax equivalent net interest income totaled $64.9 million and $55.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $9.1
million or 16.3% increase was due to an increase in volume of interest-earning assets and the increase in loan yield, offset by the effect of lower yields
on investment securities.
The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased to 5.13% in 2011, up eighteen basis points from 2010. The increase in the tax-equivalent net interest
margin primarily reflects the acquisition of loans from the former Charter Oak Bank and a reduction in the cost of deposits, partially offset by the $924
thousand prepayment penalty on the FHLB advance in the third quarter of 2011, as well as lower yields on investment securities and originated loans
and a higher concentration of low yielding due from banks. In 2011, PCI loans paid off early where the payoff amounts exceeded the recorded investment
by $1.9 million which favorably impacted our net interest margin by fifteen basis points. Accretion on the acquired non-PCI loans of $2.9 million
contributed twenty-three basis points to the net interest margin. The net interest spread increased twenty-one basis points from the same period last
year for the same reasons.
Average interest-earning assets increased $134.9 million, or 12.1%, in 2011 compared to 2010. This included increases in average interest-earning due
from banks of $44.3 million, average investment securities of $39.1 million and average loan growth of $54.5 million (mainly due to the Acquisition on
February 18, 2011).
The yield on interest-earning assets increased three basis points in 2011 compared to 2010. The yield on the loan portfolio, which comprised 78.9% and
83.6% of average earning assets in 2011 and 2010, respectively, increased forty basis points. The accretion on the acquired non-PCI loans of $2.9
million represents twenty-nine basis points of the increase and the early payoff on PCI loans where the payoff amounts exceeded the recorded
investment by $1.9 million represents nineteen basis points of the increase. This increase is partially offset by the decrease in yields on investment
securities due to lower yields on recently purchased securities in this low interest rate environment and a higher concentration of low yielding due from
banks. In addition, we have experienced downward repricing and rate concessions on the loan portfolio as well as the addition of new loans at lower
current market rates.
The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased $50.4 million, or 6.3%, in 2011 compared to 2010. Average deposits grew in most
categories, except for CDARS® time deposits, which decreased $31.9 million. The increase
Page-33
in average deposits was offset by a decrease in average FHLB borrowings of $5.3 million due to the early pay-off of a $20 million FHLB fixed-rate
advance at 2.54% on September 19, 2011.
The rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased eighteen basis points in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily reflecting lower offering rates on money
market accounts, as well as the downward re-pricing of time deposits as they mature. In 2011, the rate on other time deposits, CDARS®, and money
market accounts decreased thirty-three basis points, fifty-eight basis points, and thirty-one basis points, respectively. The increase of 1.82% in the rate
on FHLB borrowings is due to the $924 thousand prepayment penalty on the early pay-off of the $20 million fixed-rate advance.
Table 3 Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
The following table analyzes the change in net interest income due to: 1) Volume-changes caused by increases or decreases in the average asset and
liability balances; and 2) Yield/Rate-changes in average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities.
(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Interest-bearing due from banks
Federal funds sold
Investment securities 2
Loans 2
Total interest-earning assets
Liabilities
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
Savings accounts
Money market accounts
CDARS® time deposits
Other time accounts
FHLB borrowings and overnight borrowings
Subordinated debenture
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Tax-equivalent net interest income
2012 compared to 2011
2011 compared to 2010
Volume
Yield/Rate
Total 1
Volume
Yield/Rate
Total 1
$
(17) $
—
1,705
2,186
3,874
27
17
48
(26)
(58)
(700)
(67)
(759)
$
9
—
(925)
(6,109)
(7,025)
(27)
(27)
(645)
(128)
(188)
(1,017) 3
72
(1,960)
(8) $
—
780
(3,923)
(3,151)
—
(10)
(597)
(154)
(246)
(1,717)
5
(2,719)
113 $
(2)
1,320
3,536
4,967
33
25
48
(191)
236
(220)
—
(69)
(34) $
—
(839)
3,836
2,963
8
(31)
(1,229)
(414)
(417)
1,001
3
(2)
(1,084)
$
4,633 $
(5,065) $
(432) $
5,036 $
4,047
$
79
(2)
481
7,372
7,930
41
(6)
(1,181)
(605)
(181)
781
(2)
(1,153)
9,083
1 The changes for each category of interest income and expense are divided between the portion of change attributable to the variance in volume and the portion of change attributable to
the variance in rate for that category. The unallocated change in rate or volume variance has been allocated between the rate and volume variances on a pro rata basis.
2 Yields and interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis using the Federal statutory rate of 35 percent.
3 Amounts includes a $924 thousand prepayment penalty in 2011 discussed in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements of the 2012 Annual Report.
Page-34
Provision for Loan Losses
Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis based on several factors including growth of the loan
portfolio, analysis of probable losses in the portfolio, recent loss experience and the current economic climate. Actual losses on loans are charged
against the allowance, and the allowance is increased by loss recoveries and through the provision for loan losses charged to expense. For further
discussion, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies.”
Our provision for loan losses totaled $2.9 million in 2012 compared to $7.1 million in 2011, respectively. The decrease in the provision for loan losses is
primarily due to fewer newly identified problem loans that have significant credit loss exposure. The 2011 provision for loan losses included $2.3 million
related to the acquired loan portfolio, which did not recur in 2012. The allowance for loan losses of $13.7 million totaled 1.27% of loans at December 31,
2012, compared to 1.42% at December 31, 2011. The decline from prior year primarily relates to current year charge-offs of specific reserves
established in 2011, as well as fewer newly identified problem loans that have significant credit loss exposure due to their well secured nature, as noted
above. In addition, we have experienced a shift in the mix of loans toward those having a lower loss reserve factor. Net charge-offs in 2012 totaled $3.9
million compared to $4.8 million in the prior year. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further analysis of the provision for
loan losses.
Non-interest Income
The table below details the components of non-interest income.
Years ended
December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2012
2011
2010
2012 compared to 2011
2011 compared to 2010
Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
Service charges on deposit
accounts
$
Wealth Management and
Trust Services
Debit card interchange fees
Merchant interchange fees
Earnings on Bank-owned life
insurance
Pre-tax bargain purchase
gain
Other income
Total non-interest income
$
2012 Compared with 2011:
2,130 $
1,836 $
1,797
$
294
16.0 % $
39
2.2 %
1,964
1,015
739
762
—
502
7,112 $
1,834
845
353
752
147
502
6,269 $
1,521
486
578
690
—
449
5,521
$
130
170
386
10
(147 )
—
843
7.1 %
20.1 %
109.3 %
1.3 %
(100.0 )%
— %
13.4 % $
313
359
(225 )
62
147
53
748
20.6 %
73.9 %
(38.9 )%
9.0 %
NM
11.8 %
13.5 %
When comparing 2012 to 2011, service charge income on deposit accounts increased due to higher business analysis fee income, reflecting a higher
number of deposit accounts and a decrease in the earnings rate credit effective early in 2012.
The increase in Wealth Management and Trust Services ("WMTS") income was primarily due to acquisition of new accounts and customer
relationships, as well as the appreciation of existing assets under management. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, assets under management totaled
approximately $285.4 million and $251.4 million, respectively.
The increase in debit card interchange fees is primarily attributable to a steady increase in volume of debit card usage, as well as an increase in new
accounts. In June 2011, the FRB finalized a new regulation to restrict interchange fees charged for debit card transactions by banks with more than $10
billion in assets. Although we are exempt under the
Page-35
new rule, market pricing of the interchange fees may drive these revenues down. The effect on market pricing, if any, may take time to realize.
Therefore, we cannot quantify the ultimate impact of this rule on such interchange fees.
The increase in merchant interchange fees is primarily due to a change in January 2012, whereby merchant interchange-related expenses are recorded
in other expense rather than net of fees. In addition, merchant interchange fees increased due to higher merchant sales volume in 2012.
The slight increase in Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income in 2012 compared to 2011 is primarily due to additional income earned on $364
thousand in new policies purchased in February 2012.
2011 reflects the pre-tax bargain purchase gain of $147 thousand from the Acquisition.
Other income remained unchanged in 2012 when compared with 2011.
2011 Compared with 2010:
When comparing 2011 to 2010, service charge income on deposit accounts increased due to a higher number of deposit accounts (mainly from the
Acquisition), partially offset by a decrease in overdraft and non-sufficient funds fee income, primarily due to the new regulatory restriction on overdraft fee
assessments (Federal Reserve Regulation E), which was effective July 1, 2010.
The increase in WMTS income was due to higher estate settlement fees and higher rates charged on corporate trust-related services in 2011, as well as
an increase in the number of accounts and customer relationships. This was partially offset by volatility in the equity and bond markets which impacts
the market value of trust assets and the related investment fees. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, assets under management totaled approximately
$251.4 million and $254.0 million, respectively.
The increase in debit card interchange fees was primarily attributable to a steady increase in volume of debit card usage, as well as new accounts from
the Acquisition.
Merchant interchange fees decreased due to one-time billing adjustments that we incurred in 2010.
The increase in BOLI income in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to additional income earned on $2.5 million in new policies purchased in late
March 2011.
Other income increased due to higher credit card referral fees and check order income, relating to an increase in the number of customer accounts, as
well as the gain on disposal of repossessed assets, safe deposit box rental income and wire fee income.
Page-36
Non-interest Expense
The table below details the components of non-interest expense. Our efficiency ratio (the ratio of non-interest expense divided by the sum of non-interest
income and net interest income) totaled 55.04%, 54.62% and 55.20% in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(dollars in thousands)
Salaries and related benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Depreciation and amortization
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Data processing
Professional services
Other non-interest expense
Advertising
Impairment and amortization of core
deposit intangible
Other expense
Total other non-interest expense
Total non-interest expense
2012 Compared with 2011:
Years ended
December 31,
2012
2011
2010
2012 compared to 2011
2011 compared to 2010
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase
(Decrease)
$ 21,139 $
4,230
1,355
917
2,514
2,340
20,211 $ 18,240 $
4,002
1,293
1,000
2,690
2,499
3,576
1,344
1,506
1,916
1,917
928
228
62
(83)
(176)
(159)
4.6 % $
5.7 %
4.8 %
(8.3)%
(6.5)%
(6.4)%
1,971
426
(51)
(506)
774
582
10.8 %
11.9 %
(3.8)%
(33.6)%
40.4 %
30.4 %
541
589
459
(48)
(8.1)%
130
28.3 %
—
5,658
6,199
$ 38,694 $
725
5,274
6,588
38,283 $ 33,357 $
—
4,399
4,858
(725)
384
(389)
411
(100)%
7.3 %
(5.9)%
1.1 % $
725
875
1,730
4,926
NM
19.9 %
35.6 %
14.8 %
The increases in salaries and benefit expenses primarily reflects higher personnel costs associated with merit increase, new hires and higher incentive
bonuses, as well as higher employee benefits. The number of average FTE totaled 233 in 2012 and 226 in 2011.
The increase in occupancy and equipment expenses is primarily due to higher rent and common area maintenance expenses related to the expansion
of our headquarters, the relocation of our San Francisco and Tiburon branches and a full year rent for our new branch in Sonoma.
The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses in 2012 compared to the prior year is mainly due to the addition of the Sonoma branch in late
2011.
The decrease in FDIC insurance in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflects the revision to the FDIC insurance assessment base. In February 2011, as
required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a rule that changes the FDIC insurance assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a
bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. While the new rule expanded the assessment base, it
lowered assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category. The change was effective for the
second quarter of 2011. Since we have a solid core deposit base and do not rely heavily on borrowings and brokered deposits, the benefit of the lower
assessment rate significantly outweighed the effect of a wider assessment base.
Page-37
The decrease in data processing expenses primarily reflects the re-negotiation and execution of a new contract with our current data processing vendor
that resulted in a reduction of our ongoing data processing expenses effective July 1, 2012, as well as the reduction in one-time expenses associated
with the Acquisition in 2011.
Professional service expenses in 2012 decreased when compared to 2011. This is primarily due to $451 thousand of professional costs associated with
the Acquisition in 2011 that did not recur in 2012, partially offset by an increase in internal audit fees in 2012, as well as the consulting costs related to
the data processing contract re-negotiation.
Advertising expenses decreased in 2012, primarily due to higher 2011 franchise expansion-related expenses.
We recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $725 thousand at Acquisition, of which $683 thousand was written-off in the fourth quarter of 2011 and
$42 thousand was amortized during 2011. The write-off was primarily due to higher than anticipated runoff of the acquired deposits and a significant
decline in alternative funding costs since the Acquisition.
The increase in other expenses is primarily due to increases in merchant interchange-related expenses due to the reclassification to expense from
income as discussed in the Non-Interest Income section above, as well as higher expenses relating to recruitment. The increases were partially offset
by the 2011 write-off of certain facility and network fixed assets purchased from the FDIC related to the Acquisition settlement that did not recur in 2012.
2011 Compared with 2010:
The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs associated with branch expansion, as well as annual merit
increases. The number of average FTE totaled 226 and 201 in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The increases in occupancy and equipment expense were mainly due to an increase in expenses related to branch expansion, including Napa, Sonoma
and a full year of rent for our Santa Rosa branch, partially offset by a full year of cost savings from the relocation of our Corte Madera branch and leases
re-negotiated at lower rates.
Depreciation and amortization expense decreased as 2010 reflected the accelerated amortization of leasehold improvements of our old Corte Madera
branch when it relocated in July 2010.
The decrease in 2011 FDIC insurance expenses compared to 2010 reflects the revision to the FDIC insurance assessment base. The decrease in FDIC
insurance also reflects the expiration of the FDIC optional Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”) on December 31, 2010, which provided
unlimited insurance coverage on non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. We elected to pay a 15 basis point surcharge per $100 covered balances in
excess of $250 thousand from January to December 2010.
The increase in data processing expense was due to $455 thousand acquisition-related expenses, an annual contractual rate increase, as well as
additional ongoing fees relating to a higher number of accounts.
The increase in professional service expenses in 2011 when compared to 2010 primarily reflects expenses incurred related to the Acquisition, including
investment banking consultants, legal, accounting and valuation services. Additionally, we incurred more legal fees related to loan workouts in 2011 than
in 2010.
Advertising expenses increased, primarily due to the additional expenses related to franchise expansion.
The increase in other non-interest expense from 2010 was primarily due to higher costs associated with an increase in the volume of debit card usage,
write-offs of certain assets from the Acquisition, the implementation of a bank-wide customer service training program, higher travel expenses and higher
telephone expenses.
Page-38
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes totaled $10.9 million at an effective tax rate of 37.9% in 2012, compared to $9.2 million at an effective tax rate of 37.1%
in 2011 and $8.2 million at an effective tax rate of 37.6% in 2010. The increases in both the provision for income taxes and the effective tax rate from
2011 and 2010 are primarily due to a higher level of pre-tax income in 2012. These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal
income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income, and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income
for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans). Therefore, there are
normal fluctuations in the effective rate from period to period based on the relationship of net permanent differences to income before tax.
Bancorp and the Bank have entered into a tax allocation agreement which provides that income taxes shall be allocated between the parties on a
separate entity basis. The intent of this agreement is that each member of the consolidated group will incur no greater tax liability than it would have
incurred on a stand-alone basis.
We file a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined return in the State of California tax jurisdiction. Prior to the formation of
Bancorp in 2007, the Bank filed in the U.S. Federal and California jurisdictions on a stand-alone basis. We are no longer subject to tax examinations by
taxing authorities for years beginning before 2009 for U.S. Federal or before 2008 for California. There were no federal or state income tax examinations
at the issuance of this report.
In 2012, the California Franchise Tax Board ("FTB") examined our 2009 and 2010 corporation income tax returns. We have received the final notice of
proposed adjustments and paid $80 thousand in connection with the enterprise zone net interest deduction in the fourth quarter of 2012.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Investment Securities
We maintain an investment securities portfolio to provide liquidity and to generate earnings on funds that have not been loaned to customers.
Management determines the maturities and the types of securities to be purchased based on the liquidity level and the desire to attain a reasonable
investment yield balanced with risk exposure. Table 6 shows the makeup of the securities portfolio by expected maturity at December 31, 2012 and
2011. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties. We estimate and update expected maturity dates quarterly based on current prepayment speeds. Equity
securities with a zero cost basis and a fair value of $1.1 million and $732 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are excluded from the
following table because they do not have a stated maturity.
Page-39
Table 6 Investment Securities
(dollars in thousands)
Type and Maturity Grouping
Held-to-maturity
State and municipal
Due within 1 year
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Due after 5 but within 10 years
Due after 10 years
Total
Corporate bonds
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Total
Total held-to-maturity
Available-for-sale
MBS/CMOs issued by U.S. government
agencies
Due within 1 year
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Due after 5 but within 10 years
Due after 10 years
Total
Debentures of government sponsored
agencies
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Due after 10 years
Total
Privately issued CMOs
Due within 1 year
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Due after 5 but within 10 years
Due after 10 years
Total
Total available-for-sale
Total
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Principal
Amount
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield2
Principal
Amount
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
$
5,755 $
57,415
28,185
750
92,105
5,823 $
60,435
29,918
746
96,922
5,824
61,065
31,638
823
99,350
0.85% $
2.63
5.37
6.92
1.70
3,428 $
25,006
22,574
4,444
55,452
3,343 $
24,819
22,145
4,431
54,738
41,421
41,421
133,526
42,530
42,530
139,452
42,881
42,881
142,231
4,731
50,393
42,787
8,038
105,949
4,807
51,740
43,941
8,399
108,887
10,000
10,000
20,000
10,462
10,000
20,462
4,120
11,709
2,830
3,314
21,973
147,922
281,448 $
4,142
11,409
2,559
2,961
21,071
150,420
289,872 $
$
4,828
53,209
45,205
8,555
111,797
10,690
9,899
20,589
4,198
11,472
2,794
3,112
21,576
153,962
296,193
1.68
1.68
2.86
2.58
2.32
2.56
3.19
2.49
1.51
1.49
1.50
5,000
5,000
60,452
5,000
5,000
59,738
6,810
74,094
18,227
7,822
106,953
6,710
73,235
18,169
7,814
105,928
8,000
---
8,000
8,000
---
8,000
3.28
3.68
1.59
2.64
3.18
2.46
2.65% $
---
10,953
7,518
---
---
10,905
7,515
---
18,471
133,424
193,876 $
18,420
132,348
192,086 $
3,367
24,931
24,240
4,688
57,226
4,959
4,959
62,185
6,846
75,009
18,901
8,101
108,857
8,050
---
8,050
---
10,770
7,427
---
18,197
135,104
197,289
Weighted
Average
Yield2
2.25%
3.73
5.37
6.03
4.49
4.00
4.00
4.45
5.15
3.17
3.55
3.84
3.41
1.53
---
1.53
---
3.81
4.66
---
4.15
3.40
3.73%
1 Book value reflects cost, adjusted for accumulated amortization and accretion.
2 Yields on tax-exempt securities are presented on a tax-equivalent basis and weighted average calculation is based on amortized cost of securities.
The carrying amount of our investment securities portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) issued or sponsored by the U.S.
government agencies, corporate bonds and state and municipal securities, increased $98.6 million or 50.59% at December 31, 2012 due to a conscious
effort to utilize our excess liquidity from deposit inflows that has not been deployed to lending. U.S. government agency MBS or CMO securities, which
make up 38.1% and 55.9% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, increased $2.9 million in 2012. State and municipal securities,
which represented 33.0% and 28.1% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, increased $42.2 million. See discussion in the
section captioned “Securities May Lose Value due to Credit Quality of the Issuers” in Item 1A Risk Factors above. In 2012, we also purchased $37.7
million of corporate bonds which are
Page-40
rated A or better by at least one major rating agency. The weighted average maturity of the portfolio at December 31, 2012 was approximately four
years.
As a member bank of Visa U.S.A., we hold 16,939 shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock at a zero cost basis. These shares are restricted from
resale until their conversion into Class A (voting) shares upon the termination of Visa Inc.'s covered litigation escrow account pending the final resolution
of the Visa Inc. covered litigation. The fair value of the Class B common stock we own was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2012 based on the Class A
as-converted rate of 0.4206.
Mortgage-backed securities in the portfolio at December 31, 2012 totaled $133.4 million, which consisted of $32.0 million residential mortgage and
$21.7 million of commercial mortgage pass-through securities issued by FNMA, FHLMC or Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), $58.1
million CMOs issued by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA and $21.6 million of privately issued CMOs. We generally invest in mortgage-backed securities with
borrowers having strong credit scores and/or collateral compositions reflecting low loan-to-value ratios. Any investment securities in our portfolio that
may be backed by sub-prime or Alt-A mortgages, which account for approximately 6.4% of our total security portfolio, relate to privately issued CMOs.
See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 and Item 1A, Risk Factors, for more information on investment securities.
Loans
Table 7 Loans Outstanding by Type at December 31
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans
Real estate
Commercial owner-occupied
Commercial investor
Construction
Home equity
Other residential 1
Installment and other consumer loans
Total loans
Allowance for loan losses
Total net loans
$
2012
176,431 $
2011
175,790 $
2010
153,836 $
2009
164,643 $
196,406
509,006
30,665
93,237
49,432
18,775
1,073,952
(13,661 )
174,705
446,425
51,957
98,043
61,502
22,732
1,031,154
(14,639 )
142,590
383,553
77,619
86,932
69,991
26,879
941,400
(12,392 )
146,133
332,752
91,289
83,977
69,369
29,585
917,748
(10,618 )
$
1,060,291 $
1,016,515 $
929,008 $
907,130 $
2008
146,483
140,977
326,193
121,981
65,076
55,600
34,234
890,544
(9,950 )
880,594
1 Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of
which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or collateral compositions reflecting high loan-to-value ratios. However, substantially all of our
residential loans are indexed to Treasury Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates.
Commercial loans increased $641 thousand in 2012 and increased $22.0 million in 2011. $14.5 million of the 2011 commercial loan growth represents
the remaining balance of loans purchased from the Acquisition. The additional $7.5 million growth in 2011 was the result of our continued emphasis on
commercial and industrial lending.
Commercial real estate loans increased $84.3 million in 2012 and $95.0 million in 2011. Of the commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2012,
72% are non-owner occupied and 28% are owner occupied. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is weighted towards term loans for which the
primary source of repayment is cash flow from net operating income of the real estate property. The following table summarizes our commercial real
estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property is located as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:
Page-41
Table 8 Commercial Real Estate Loans Outstanding by Geographic Location
(dollars in thousands)
Amount
% of Commercial real
estate loans
Amount
% of Commercial real
estate loans
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Marin
Sonoma
San Francisco
Alameda
Contra Costa
Napa
Sacramento
Other
Total
$
$
269,946
126,852
93,689
42,989
9,542
55,391
9,787
97,216
705,412
38.3 % $
18.0
13.3
6.1
1.4
7.8
1.4
13.7
100.0 % $
245,107
95,697
102,486
35,886
8,054
46,221
10,446
77,233
621,130
39.5 %
15.4
16.5
5.8
1.3
7.4
1.7
12.4
100.0 %
Construction loans decreased $21.3 million and $25.7 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily due to a slow-down in construction activities, the
successful completion and sell-through of construction development projects booked in prior years, as well as a conscious effort to reduce our
concentration in construction loans. Table 9 below shows an analysis of construction loans by type and location.
Table 9 Construction Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Construction loans by type (dollars in thousands)
1-4 Single family residential
Apartments and multifamily
Commercial real estate
Land - improved
Land - unimproved
Residence - secondary
Tenants-in-common development
Total
Construction loans by geographic location (dollars in
thousands)
Marin
Sonoma
San Francisco
Alameda
Contra Costa
Napa
Riverside
Other
Total
$
$
$
$
Amount
5,824
—
6,112
16,840
1,889
—
—
30,665
Amount
2,533
3,959
17,311
735
—
169
5,230
728
30,665
% of Construction
Loans
19.0 % $
—
19.9
54.9
6.2
—
—
100.0 % $
% of Construction
Loans
8.2 % $
12.9
56.5
2.4
—
0.6
17.0
2.4
100.0 % $
Page-42
% of
Construction
Loans
24.0 %
9.4
2.2
45.1
18.3
0.7
0.3
100.0 %
% of
Construction
Loans
21.3 %
8.7
56.4
2.0
0.5
1.5
9.5
0.1
100.0 %
Amount
12,472
4,907
1,136
23,458
9,502
351
131
51,957
Amount
11,048
4,545
29,281
1,056
265
800
4,925
37
51,957
Home equity lines of credit decreased $4.8 million to $93.2 million in 2012, primarily due to fewer lines being boarded over the year. Other residential
real estate loans decreased $12.1 million in 2012, primarily due to our de-emphasis on tenants-in-common residential lending.
Approximately 85% of our outstanding loans are secured by real estate at both December 31, 2012 and 2011. At December 31, 2012, approximately
5% of our commercial real estate loans and 19% of our residential real estate loans contain an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms.
Approximately 59% of the interest-only commercial real estate loans and 100% of the interest-only residential real estate loans are considered to have
low credit risk (graded “Pass”) and are current with their payments. Also see Item 1A, Risk Factors, regarding our loan concentration risk. As of
December 31, 2012, approximately $18.1 million of our loans have interest reserves, all of which are construction loans. When we determine a loan is
impaired before the interest reserve has been depleted, the interest funded by the interest reserve is applied against loan principal. As of December 31,
2012, no construction loans having interest reserve balances were determined to be impaired.
Variable-rate loans at their established interest rate floors or ceilings are included as fixed-rate loans in the following table. Table 10 shows a shift
towards fixed-rate loans in 2012 when compared to 2011 as: 1) variable-rate loans continued to re-price down to their floor rates in a low-interest rate
environment and 2) new fixed-rate loans were originated in 2012. The large majority of the variable-rate loans are tied to independent indices (such as
the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Most loans with an original term of more than five years have provisions for the
fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years.
Table 10 Loan Portfolio Maturity Distribution and Interest Rate Sensitivity
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
Total
Percent
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate
Total
Percent
$
$
128,496 $
201,833
641,755
972,084 $
90.5 %
76,213 $
25,655
—
101,868 $
204,709
227,488
641,755
1,073,952
19.1 % $
21.2
59.7
100.0 % $
9.5 %
100.0 %
126,443 $
213,560
552,499
892,502 $
86.6 %
106,002 $
32,650
—
138,652 $
13.4 %
232,445
246,210
552,499
1,031,154
100.0 %
22.5 %
23.9
53.6
100.0 %
(dollars in thousands)
Due within 1 year
Due after 1 but within 5 years
Due after 5 years
Total
Percentage
Allowance for Loan Losses
Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending. As a result, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio
through a provision for loan losses charged against earnings. All specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are charged off against the allowance.
The balance of our allowance for loan losses is Management's best estimate of the remaining probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The ultimate
adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate market, changes in interest rates and
economic and political environments. Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, Management believes that the $13.7 million allowance for
loan losses at December 31, 2012 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse
economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio.
The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses
As stated previously in “Critical Accounting Policies,” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report, the overall allowance consists
of a specific allowance for individually identified impaired loans, an allowance factor for categories of credits with similar characteristics and trends, and
an allowance for changing economic factors (e.g., portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, economic factors, etc.).
The first component, the specific allowance, results from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including
collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading process and credit monitoring process, individual loans are identified that have
conditions that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due under the contractual terms. These loans are evaluated individually for
impairment by Management and specific allowances for loan losses are established when the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded
investment in the loan. PCI loans are considered impaired when they experience credit deterioration,
Page-43
i.e. the amount of cash flows expected to be collected decreases. For loans determined to be impaired, the extent of the impairment is measured 1)
based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate at origination for originated loans (or discounted
at the effective yield for PCI loans); 2) based on the loan's observable market price; or 3) based on the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral
dependent. Generally with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually and evaluate quarterly.
Impaired loan balances increased from $20.1 million at December 31, 2011 to $30.3 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in impaired loans is
primarily the result of two problem borrowing relationships and new troubled debt restructurings in 2012. The specific allowance decreased from $2.9
million at December 31, 2011 to $2.4 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the specific allowance primarily relates to the charge-offs of the
uncollectible portion of impaired loans in 2012, as certain impaired loans at December 31, 2011 were awaiting resolution of pending events before a
determination could be made as to whether or not the loan should be charged-off. In addition, the newly identified impaired loans in 2012 are well
secured and therefore do not require significant specific reserves. Lastly, we removed certain specific allowances on formerly impaired loans as they
went back to accrual status in 2012.
The second component, the allowance factor, is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool stratified by major segments or loans with
similar characteristics in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses our entire loan portfolio, but excludes any loans that were analyzed individually
for specific allowances as discussed above and excludes acquired non-PCI loans where the discount has not been fully accreted. This analysis also
includes loan types and economic and business conditions unique to each segment, including the Bank's own loss history. For loans graded
“Substandard” and not already evaluated for impairment in the first component analysis above, they are also assigned an allowance factor. Confirmation
of the quality of our grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by consultants specifically hired for this purpose at least annually
and by various bank regulatory agencies. There are limitations to any credit risk grading process. The number of loans makes it impractical to review
every loan at every reporting date. Therefore, it is possible that in the future some currently performing loans not recently graded will not be as strong as
their last grading and an insufficient portion of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan review often must be done without
knowing whether all relevant facts are at hand. Troubled borrowers may deliberately or inadvertently omit important information from reports or
conversations with lending officers regarding their financial condition and the diminished strength of repayment sources.
The total amount allocated for the second component is determined by applying loss estimation factors to outstanding loan types. At December 31,
2012 and 2011, the allowance allocated for the second component by categories of credits totaled $8.0 million and $8.5 million, respectively. The
decrease is primarily due to the continued runoff of our construction loan portfolio, which has a higher loan loss reserve factors. In addition, loans graded
“Substandard” decreased to $36.9 million at December 31, 2012 from $63.2 million at December 31, 2011.
The third component of the allowance for loan losses is an economic component that is not allocated to specific loans or groups of loans, but rather is
intended to absorb losses caused by portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, and economic trends. This is Management's best estimate of the
probable impact that economic changes may have on the loan portfolio as a whole. The general valuation allowance, including the economic component
and unallocated allowance, increased from $3.2 million at December 31, 2011 to $3.3 million at December 31, 2012 due to loan growth. Management
proactively evaluates economic and other qualitative loss factors used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. After assessing the
economic outlook, Management did not revise the economic loss factor in 2012 nor in 2011 due to limited signs of economic recovery. The economy
has improved, although the rate of recovery has been slow due to the persistently high unemployment rate and restrained spending by consumers and
businesses.
Page-44
Table 11 shows the allocation of the allowance by loan type as well as the percentage of total loans in each of the same loan types.
Table 11 Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
December 31,
2012
December 31,
2011
December 31,
2010
December 31,
2009
December 31,
2008
Allowance
balance
allocation
4,100
$
Loans as
percent
of total
loans
16.4% $
Allowance
balance
allocation
4,334
Loans as
percent
of total
loans
17.1% $
Allowance
balance
allocation
3,114
Loans as
percent
of total
loans
16.3% $
Allowance
balance
allocation
2,544
Loans as
percent
of total
loans
17.9% $
Allowance
balance
allocation
2,306
Loans as
percent
of total
loans
16.5%
1,313
4,372
611
1,264
551
1,231
219
13,661
18.3
47.4
2.9
8.7
4.6
1.7
N/A
$
100%
1,305
3,710
1,505
1,444
940
1,182
219
14,639
16.9
43.3
5.0
9.5
6.0
2.2
N/A
$
100%
1,037
4,134
1,694
643
738
835
197
12,392
15.2
40.7
8.3
9.2
7.4
2.9
N/A
$
100%
1,006
3,000
1,832
586
734
662
254
10,618
15.9
36.3
9.9
9.2
7.6
3.2
N/A
$
100%
978
2,933
2,118
453
588
563
11
9,950
15.8
36.7
13.6
7.3
6.2
3.9
N/A
100%
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial loans
Real Estate
Commercial, owner-occupied
Commercial, investor
Construction
Home Equity
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Unallocated allowance
Total allowance for loan losses
$
Total percent
The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans totaled 1.27% at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.42% at December 31, 2011. The decrease
in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans reflects current year charge-offs of specific reserves established in 2011, as well as fewer
newly identified problem loans that have significant credit loss exposure due to their well secured nature. In addition, we have experienced a shift in the
mix of loans toward those having a lower loss reserve factor and fewer loans graded "Substandard".
Table 12 shows the activity in the allowance for loan losses for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2012. Net charge-offs
totaled $3.9 million and $4.8 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease primarily relates to $1.5 million of charge-offs related to the acquired
loans in 2011. 2012 net charge-offs reflected $2.2 million in charge-offs related to one commercial real estate borrowing relationship based on recent
appraisal of the collateral. The 2011 net charge-offs have stemmed primarily from unsecured commercial loans, as well as commercial loans secured by
real estate where the property value have declined. Net charge-offs of construction loans in 2010 have stemmed primarily from the land development and
single-family residential construction projects in Oregon and Sonoma County, California, where property values have been affected more significantly
than in our core market of Marin County. The percentage of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.38% in 2012, compared to 0.49% in 2011 and 0.38%
in 2010, reflecting the factors discussed above.
Page-45
Table 12 Allowance for Loan Losses at December 31
(dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
Commercial
Real Estate
Commercial
Construction
Home equity
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Total
Loan loss recoveries
Commercial
Real Estate
Commercial
Construction
Home equity
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Total
Net loans charged off
Ending balance
Total loans outstanding at end of year, before deducting allowance for loan losses
Average total loans outstanding during year
$
2012
14,639 $
2,900
2011
12,392 $
7,050
2010
10,618 $
5,350
2009
9,950 $
5,510
2008
7,575
5,010
(892)
(3,306)
(643)
(1,552)
(1,100)
(2,595)
(373)
(382)
(196)
(122)
(113)
(473)
(554)
—
(456)
(47)
(2,628)
(150)
—
(318)
(9)
(3,046)
(96)
—
(659)
—
(1,508)
—
—
(72)
(4,560)
(4,902)
(3,786)
(5,362)
(2,680)
541
57
95
52
24
5
122
12
—
2
682
(3,878)
4
9
13
—
16
99
(4,803)
—
95
—
—
20
210
(3,576)
—
397
—
—
71
520
(4,842)
13,661 $
14,639 $
12,392 $
10,618 $
—
—
—
—
21
45
(2,635)
9,950
1,073,952 $
1,031,154 $
941,400 $
917,748 $
890,544
1,023,165 $
984,211 $
929,755 $
910,456 $
798,369
$
$
$
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year
1.27%
1.42%
1.32%
1.16%
1.12%
Net charge-offs to average loans
0.38%
0.49%
0.38%
0.53%
0.33%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to net charge-offs
352.3%
304.8%
346.5%
219.3%
377.6%
Non-performing assets for each of the past five years are presented below. The increase in non-accrual loans from 2011 to 2012 primarily reflects: 1) one
borrowing relationship where the collateral is in the process of gradual liquidation and 2) a commercial real estate loan that has been written down to the
appraised value of the collateral. The increase in impaired loans from 2011 to 2012 is also due to new troubled debt restructurings in 2012. The increase
in impaired loans from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to newly identified TDR loans, as well as PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration
post-Acquisition. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans decreased from 122.3% at December 31, 2011 to 77.4% at December 31,
2012, as fewer newly identified problem loans have significant credit loss exposure due to their well secured nature. There was no other real estate
owned at the end of the years presented.
Page-46
Table 13 Non-performing Assets at December 31
(dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
Commercial
Real Estate
Commercial, owner-occupied
Commercial, investor
Construction
Home equity line of credit
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Total non-accrual loans
Repossessed personal properties
Total non-performing assets
Accruing restructured loans:
Commercial
Real Estate
Construction
Home Equity
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Total accruing restructured loans
Accreting impaired PCI loans:
Commercial real estate1
Commercial1
Total accreting impaired PCI loans
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
$
4,893 $
2,955 $
2,486 $
910 $
145
1,403
6,843
2,239
545
1,196
533
17,652
35
17,687
4,577
1,929
648
2,116
1,515
10,785
1,866
—
1,866
2,033
741
3,014
766
1,942
519
11,970
25
11,995
2,741
290
279
1,464
1,552
6,326
1,710
139
1,849
632
—
9,297
—
148
362
12,925
135
13,060
—
—
259
—
925
1,184
—
—
—
3,722
—
6,520
100
—
313
11,565
96
11,661
49
—
—
—
566
615
—
—
—
—
—
5,804
288
—
455
6,692
—
6,692
—
—
—
—
119
119
—
—
—
Total impaired loans
$
30,303 $
20,145 $
14,109 $
12,180 $
6,811
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans at period end
77.4%
122.3%
95.9%
91.8%
148.7%
Non-accrual loans to total loans
1.64%
1.16%
1.37%
1.26%
0.75%
1 The expected cash flows on these PCI loans declined post-Acquisition, yet continue to accrete interest based on the revised expected cash flows.
Troubled debt restructured loans, whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing
financial difficulties, totaled $18.3 million and $10.7 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For more information, refer to Note 4 under
“Troubled Debt Restructuring”.
Other Assets
In December 2009, the FDIC required banks to prepay their regular insurance premiums for 2010 through 2012. If an institution has a prepayment
amount remaining after that period, the excess will be refunded in 2013. Other assets included $1.3 million and $2.2 million of prepaid FDIC
assessments at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Each quarter through 2012, the prepaid insurance asset balance was reduced by the FDIC
insurance expense that is applicable to that quarter.
BOLI totaled $22.7 million at December 31, 2012, compared to $21.6 million at December 31, 2011, and is recorded in other assets. Other assets also
includes net deferred tax assets of $6.7 million and $7.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These deferred tax assets consist
primarily of tax benefits expected to be realized in future periods related to temporary differences of allowance for loan losses, depreciation, state tax,
stock-based compensation and deferred compensation. Management believes these assets to be realizable due to our consistent record of earnings
and the expectation that earnings will continue at a level adequate to realize such benefits.
Page-47
In addition, we held $6.0 million and $5.4 million of FHLB stock recorded at cost in other assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The
FHLB paid $52 thousand and $12 thousand in cash dividends in 2012 and 2011, respectively. On February 20, 2013, FHLB declared a cash dividend for
the fourth quarter of 2012 at an annualized dividend rate of 0.50%.
Deposits
Deposits, which are used to fund our interest earning assets, increased $50.3 million, or 4.2%, in 2012. The increase in deposits from the prior year
reflects growth in most deposit categories, except for CDARS® time deposits, which decreased $30.9 million and is expected to decline in 2013 as we
deemphasize this product. Failures in a large number of banks have led to increased customer concern over safety and soundness rather than yield.
We believe that we have successfully attracted new deposits due to our financial soundness, our personalized customer service, and our focus on
relationship-building and cross-selling. The economic downturn also appears to have impacted the general public's investment behavior, as evidenced by
a national trend of increasing household savings and movement away from higher-risk equity investments. No individual customer accounted for more
than 5% of deposits.
Table 14 shows the relative composition of our average deposits for the years 2012, 2011 and 2010.
Table 14 Distribution of Average Deposits
(dollars in thousands)
Non-interest bearing
Interest bearing transaction
$
Savings
Money market
CDARS®
Other Time deposits
Less than $100,000
$100,000 or more
Total other time deposits
Total Average Deposits
$
2012
2011
2010
Years ended December 31,
Amount
406,861
152,778
86,670
436,281
30,016
50,533
93,573
144,106
1,256,712
Percent
32.4% $
12.1
6.9
34.7
2.4
4.0
7.5
11.5
100.0% $
Amount
347,682
125,316
69,792
405,726
39,514
46,686
105,180
151,866
1,139,896
Percent
30.5% $
11.0
6.1
35.6
3.5
Amount
263,742
98,168
51,738
390,575
71,432
4.1
9.2
13.3
100.0% $
43,069
81,562
124,631
1,000,286
Percent
26.4%
9.8
5.2
39.0
7.1
4.3
8.2
12.5
100.0%
Table 15 below shows the maturity groupings for time deposits of $100,000 or more, including CDARS® deposits at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
Table 15 Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31
(in thousands)
Three months or less
Over three months through six months
Over six months through twelve months
Over twelve months
Total
Borrowings
December 31,
2012
33,783 $
17,557
20,708
42,636
114,684 $
2011
66,999 $
23,704
28,913
31,982
151,598 $
$
$
2010
77,173
24,135
35,713
18,699
155,720
We currently have $321.3 million in secured lines of credit with FHLB, $30.1 million with Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and $87.0
million in unsecured lines with correspondent banks to cover any short or long-term borrowing needs. As of December 31, 2012, we had one FHLB
fixed-rate advance outstanding totaling $15 million,
Page-48
leaving $306.3 million available borrowing capacity with FHLB. The FRBSF and correspondent bank lines were not utilized at December 31, 2012. For
additional information, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Deferred Compensation Obligations
We maintain a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel. Under this plan, participating employees
may defer compensation, which will entitle them to receive certain payments for up to fifteen years commencing upon retirement, death, disability, or
termination of employment. The participating employee may elect to receive payments over periods not to exceed fifteen years. At December 31, 2012
and 2011, both our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $2.7 million.
We established a Salary Continuation Plan on January 1, 2011. The plan was to provide a percentage of salary continuation benefits to a select group of
executive Management upon retirement at age sixty-five and reduced benefits upon early retirement. At December 31, 2012, our liability under the
Salary Continuation Plan was $326 thousand recorded in interest payable and other liabilities. This Plan is unfunded and non-qualified for tax purposes
and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
For additional information, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We make commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. For additional information, see
Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Commitments
The following is a summary of our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2012.
Table 16 Contractual Commitments at December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
Operating leases
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Total
$
$
<1 year
1-3 years
4-5 years
>5 years
2,911 $
---
2,911 $
5,687 $
---
5,687 $
5,950 $
---
5,950 $
12,109 $
15,000
27,109 $
Total
26,657
15,000
41,657
Payments due by period
The contractual amount of loan commitments not reflected on the consolidated statement of condition was $250.8 million and $276.8 million at
December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations to indemnify our current
and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These
indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, our best interests, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited;
however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As
we believe the possibility of potential claims to be remote and any amounts under the indemnifications would be covered by the insurance policy, we
have not recorded an indemnification obligation.
Capital Adequacy
As discussed in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Bank's capital ratios are above regulatory guidelines to be considered "well
capitalized" and Bancorp's ratios exceed the required minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes. The Bank's total risk-based capital ratio increased
from 12.89% at December 31, 2011 to 13.60% at December 31, 2012, primarily due to the accumulation of net income of the Bank in 2012 of $18.2
million, partially
Page-49
offset by the repayment of $5 million in subordinated debentures, as well as growth in total risk-weighted assets, driven mainly by increases in the loan
portfolio and investment securities. Bancorp's total risk-based capital ratio increased from 13.13% at December 31, 2011 to 13.71% at December 31,
2012, primarily due to the accumulation of net income of Bancorp of $17.8 million in 2012, net of $3.8 million in dividends paid to stockholders.
We expect to maintain strong capital levels. Our potential sources of capital include future earnings and shares issued upon the exercise of stock
options. In addition, the warrant to purchase 155,487 shares of our common stock remains outstanding. The warrant, if exercised, would provide us with
$4.2 million additional Tier 1 capital.
Liquidity
The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet both loan demand and unexpected deposit withdrawals. We accomplish this goal
by maintaining an appropriate level of liquid assets, and formal lines of credit with the FHLB, FRB and correspondent banks that enable us to borrow
funds as needed. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is comprised of certain directors of the Bank, is responsible for
establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies.
Management regularly adjusts our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields
available on interest-earning securities and the objectives of our asset/liability management program. ALCO has also developed a contingency plan
should liquidity drop unexpectedly below internal requirements.
We obtain funds from the repayment and maturity of loans as well as deposit inflows, investment security maturities and pay-downs, Federal funds
purchases, FHLB advances, and other borrowings. Our primary uses of funds are the origination of loans, the purchase of investment securities,
withdrawals of deposits, maturity of certificate of deposits, repayment of borrowings and dividends to common stockholders.
We must attract and retain new deposits, which depends upon the variety and effectiveness of our customer account products, service and
convenience, and rates paid to customers, as well as our financial strength. Any long-term decline in retail deposit funding would adversely impact our
liquidity. The Transaction Account Guarantee ("TAG") program, which fully insured non-interest bearing transactions, expired on December 31, 2012.
We do not anticipate a significant impact on our liquidity from the expiration of TAG. We do have borrowing capacity through FHLB and FRB that can be
drawn upon. Management anticipates our current strong liquidity position and our core deposit base will provide adequate liquidity to fund our
operations. If we were to rely on Federal funds purchased or FHLB advances in the future, we expect to have the ability to post adequate collateral for
such funding requirements.
As presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, the sources of liquidity vary between periods. Our cash and cash equivalents
at December 31, 2012 totaled $28.3 million, a decrease of $101.4 million from December 31, 2011. The primary uses of funds were $160.7 million in
investment securities purchases, $43.2 million of loan originations, net of principal collections, $20.0 million to repay an FHLB borrowing and $5.0
million to repay a subordinated debenture. The primary sources of funds during 2012 included a $50.3 million increase in net deposits, $58.4 million in
pay-downs and maturities of investment securities and $20.8 million in net cash provided by operating activities.
At December 31, 2012, our cash and cash equivalents and unpledged available-for-sale securities with estimated maturities within one year totaled
$37.4 million. The remainder of the unpledged available-for-sale securities portfolio of $144.9 million provides additional liquidity. These liquid assets
equaled 12.7% of our assets at December 31, 2012, compared to 18.7% at December 31, 2011.
We anticipate that cash and cash equivalents on hand and other sources of funds will provide adequate liquidity for our operating, investing and financing
needs and our regulatory liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. Management monitors our liquidity position daily, balancing loan
funding/payments with changes in deposit activity and overnight investments. Our emphasis on local deposits combined with our well capitalized equity
position, provides a very stable funding base. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, we have substantial additional borrowing capacity including
unsecured lines of credit totaling $87.0 million with correspondent banks. Further, we have pledged a certain residential loan portfolio to secure our
borrowing capacity with the FRB, which totaled $30.1 million at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there is no debt outstanding to
correspondent banks or the FRB. We are also a member of the FHLB and have a line of credit (secured under terms of a blanket collateral agreement
by a pledge of essentially all of our financial assets) in the amount of $321.3 million, of which $306.3 million was available at
Page-50
December 31, 2012. Borrowings under the line are limited to eligible collateral. The interest rates on overnight borrowings with both correspondent banks
and the FHLB are determined daily and generally approximate the Federal Funds target rate.
Undisbursed loan commitments, which are not reflected on the consolidated statements of condition, totaled $250.8 million at December 31, 2012 at
rates ranging from 1.75% to 18.00%. This amount included $141.8 million under commercial lines of credit (these commitments are contingent upon
customers maintaining specific credit standards), $72.6 million under revolving home equity lines, $12.4 million under undisbursed construction loans,
$14.6 million under standby letters of credit, and a remaining $9.4 million under personal and other lines of credit. These commitments, to the extent
used, are expected to be funded primarily through the repayment of existing loans, deposit growth and existing balance sheet liquidity. Over the next
twelve months $102.0 million of time deposits will mature. We expect these funds to be replaced with new time deposits.
Since Bancorp is a holding company and does not conduct regular banking operations, its primary sources of liquidity are dividends from the Bank.
Under the California Financial Code, payment of a dividend from the Bank to Bancorp without advance regulatory approval is restricted to the lesser of
the Bank’s retained earnings or the amount of the Bank’s undistributed net profits from the previous three fiscal years. The primary uses of funds for
Bancorp are shareholder dividends and ordinary operating expenses. Bancorp held $1.3 million of cash at December 31, 2012. Bancorp obtained a
dividend distribution from the Bank of $5.0 million in February of 2013, which is anticipated to be sufficient to meet Bancorp's funding requirements
through the next twelve months.
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. The risk is inherent in our deposit and lending activities. Management, together with ALCO,
has sought to manage rate sensitivity and maturities of assets and liabilities to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest
rates. Additionally, interest rate risk exposure is managed with the goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate volatility on our net interest margin.
Interest rate changes can create fluctuations in the net interest margin due to an imbalance in the timing of repricing or maturity of assets or liabilities.
Activities in asset and liability management include, but are not limited to, lending, borrowing, accepting deposits and investing in securities. Interest
rate risk is the primary market risk associated with asset and liability management. Sensitivity of net interest income (“NII”) and capital to interest rate
changes results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. To mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the
Consolidated Statement of Condition is managed with the objective of correlating the movements of interest rates on loans and investments with those
of deposits and borrowings. The asset and liability policy sets limits on the acceptable amount of change to NII and capital in changing interest rate
environments. We use simulation models to forecast NII.
From time to time, we enter into certain interest rate swap contracts designated as fair value hedges to mitigate the changes in the fair value of
specified long-term fixed-rate loans and firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans caused by changes in interest rates. See Note 15 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed at least quarterly by the ALCO and the Board of Directors. They utilize interest rate sensitivity simulation
models as a tool for achieving these objectives and for developing ways in which to improve profitability. A simplified statement of condition is prepared
on a quarterly basis as a starting point, using as inputs, actual loans, investments, borrowings and deposits. If potential changes to net equity value and
net interest income resulting from hypothetical interest changes are not within the limits established by the Board of Directors, Management may adjust
the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within approved limits.
Since 2009, there has been no change to the Federal funds target rate, which has been kept at a historic low level of 0-0.25%. The Bank currently has
low interest rate risk and is slightly asset sensitive. The Bank is less asset sensitive than at December 31, 2011, primarily because interest-rate-
sensitive short-term liquidity decreased and more fixed rate loans and securities were added in 2012. As shown in Table 17 below, if the market rates
rise by more than 200 basis points, we expect asset sensitivity to increase as most of our loans with interest rates on floors will start to float again as
loans reprice and net interest income will increase. We have mitigated earnings sensitivity to a certain extent through the procurement of a fixed-rate
borrowing from the FHLB and interest rate swaps.
Page-51
In the following simulation of NII under various interest rate scenarios, the simplified statement of condition is processed against four interest rate
change scenarios, in 100 basis point increments. Each of these scenarios assumes that the change in interest rates is immediate and interest rates
remain at the new levels. For modeling purposes, the likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 25 basis points as of December 31, 2012 was
considered to be remote given prevailing low interest rate levels. Therefore, a reduction-in-rate scenario is not considered in the following table at
December 31, 2012. However, the Bank's net interest margin is expected to decline slightly in a flat rate environment as maturing/repricing loans and
securities are reinvested at today's lower rates. In addition, market rates for loans have been falling under pressure from the competition.
Table 17 summarizes the effect on NII due to changing interest rates as measured against the flat rate scenario.
Table 17 Effect of Interest Rate Change on Net Interest Income at December 31, 2012
Changes in Interest Rates (in basis points)
up 400
up 300
up 200
up 100
Estimated change in
NII (as percent of NII)
3.5%
2.2%
1.1%
0.2%
The above table estimates the impact of interest rate changes. The estimated changes are within our policy guidelines established by ALCO and the
Board of Directors. The table indicates that at December 31, 2012, we were less asset sensitive in a rising interest rate environment compared to
December 31, 2011. The results shown reflect a lag in the upward re-pricing of loans due to loans on floors.
As stated previously in the section captioned "Supervision and Regulation" in Item 1 Business of this report, the Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal
prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transactions and
other accounts beginning July 21, 2011. We have not incurred significant interest expense on business transaction accounts since the legislation took
effect in July 2011. If we were to pay interest on certain deposits that are currently non-interest bearing, causing these deposits to become rate
sensitive in the future, we will become less asset sensitive than the model currently indicates.
Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the repricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities. As with any simulation model or other method of
measuring interest rate risk, certain limitations are inherent in the process. For example, although certain of our assets and liabilities may have similar
maturities or repricing time frames, they may react differently to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the changes in interest rates on certain
categories of either our assets or liabilities may precede or lag changes in market interest rates. Further, the actual rates and timing of prepayments on
loans and investment securities could vary significantly from the assumptions used in the various scenarios. Lastly, changes in U.S. Treasury rates
accompanied by a change in the shape of the yield curve could produce different results from those presented in the table. Accordingly, the results
presented should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results in the event of changing market interest rates.
Page-52
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bank of Marin Bancorp
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Bank of Marin Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. The Company's Management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material
misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated
financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by Management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bank
of Marin Bancorp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Also
in our opinion, Bank of Marin Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012,
based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
/s/ Moss Adams LLP
Stockton, California
March 14, 2013
Page-53
504 Redwood Blvd, Suite 100
Novato, CA 94947
March 14, 2013
To the Stockholders:
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations
Management of the Bank of Marin Bancorp and its subsidiary (”Bancorp”) is responsible for preparing the Bancorp's annual consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining internal
control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of regulatory financial statements, and for complying with the designated safety
and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions. Bancorp's internal control contains monitoring mechanisms,
and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of
controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further,
because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.
Management has assessed Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting encompassing both financial statements prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes as of December 31, 2012. The assessment was based
on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, Management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, Bancorp
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting encompassing both financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes in all material respects. Management also believes that Bancorp complied
with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions during 2012.
Management's assessment of the effectiveness of Bancorp's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by Moss
Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which expresses an unqualified opinion as stated in their report which appears on the
previous page.
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
Russell A. Colombo, President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Christina J. Cook
Christina J. Cook, EVP and Chief Financial Officer
Page-54
BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
at December 31, 2012 and 2011
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
$
$
$
(in thousands, except share data)
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Short-term investments
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities
Held to maturity, at amortized cost
Available for sale (at fair value; amortized cost $150,420 and $132,348 at December
31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)
Total investment securities
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $13,661 and $14,639 at December 31, 2012
and December 31, 2011, respectively
Bank premises and equipment, net
Interest receivable and other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities
Deposits
Non-interest bearing
Interest bearing
Transaction accounts
Savings accounts
Money market accounts
CDARS® time accounts
Other time accounts
Total deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Subordinated debenture
Interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' Equity
Preferred stock, no par value,
Authorized - 5,000,000 shares, none issued
Common stock, no par value,
Authorized - 15,000,000 shares;
Issued and outstanding - 5,389,210 and 5,336,927 at
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Page-55
$
28,349
—
28,349
139,452
153,962
293,414
1,060,291
9,344
43,351
1,434,749
$
127,732
2,011
129,743
59,738
135,104
194,842
1,016,515
9,498
42,665
1,393,263
389,722
$
359,591
169,647
93,404
443,742
15,718
141,056
1,253,289
15,000
—
14,668
1,282,957
134,673
75,617
434,461
46,630
152,000
1,202,972
35,000
5,000
14,740
1,257,712
—
—
58,573
91,164
2,055
151,792
1,434,749
$
56,854
77,098
1,599
135,551
1,393,263
BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans
Interest on investment securities
Securities of U.S. government agencies
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Corporate debt securities and other
Interest on Federal funds sold and short-term investments
Total interest income
Interest expense
Interest on interest bearing transaction accounts
Interest on savings accounts
Interest on money market accounts
Interest on CDARS® time accounts
Interest on other time accounts
Interest on borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Service charges on deposit accounts
Wealth Management and Trust Services
Debit card interchange fees
Merchant interchange fees
Earnings on Bank-owned life insurance
Other income
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Salaries and related benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Depreciation and amortization
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance
Data processing
Professional services
Other expense
Total non-interest expense
Income before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Net income per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per common share
Comprehensive income
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Change in net unrealized gain on available for sale securities
Reclassification adjustment for loss on sale of securities included in net income
Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities, before tax
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Years ended
$
59,403
$
63,479
$
3,195
1,789
1,165
214
65,766
151
88
689
83
1,068
497
2,576
63,190
2,900
60,290
2,130
1,964
1,015
739
762
502
7,112
21,139
4,230
1,355
917
2,514
2,340
6,199
38,694
28,708
10,891
17,817
$
3,478
1,299
636
222
69,114
151
98
1,286
237
1,314
2,209
5,295
63,819
7,050
56,769
1,836
1,834
845
353
752
649
6,269
20,211
4,002
1,293
1,000
2,690
2,499
6,588
38,283
24,755
9,191
15,564
$
3.34
3.28
$
$
5,341
5,438
0.70
$
2.94
2.89
$
$
5,302
5,384
0.65
$
17,817
$
15,564
$
752
34
786
90
—
90
$
$
$
$
$
56,239
3,234
1,146
593
145
61,357
110
104
2,467
842
1,495
1,430
6,448
54,909
5,350
49,559
1,797
1,521
486
578
690
449
5,521
18,240
3,576
1,344
1,506
1,916
1,917
4,858
33,357
21,723
8,171
13,552
2.59
2.55
5,238
5,314
0.61
13,552
1,600
—
1,600
Deferred tax expense
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Comprehensive income
330
456
18,273
$
37
53
15,617
$
672
928
14,480
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Page-56
BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Common Stock
(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2009
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Stock options exercised
Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock forfeited / cancelled
Stock-based compensation - stock options
Stock-based compensation - restricted stock
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Stock issued in payment of director fees
Balance at December 31, 2010
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Stock options exercised
Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock forfeited / cancelled
Stock-based compensation - stock options
Stock-based compensation - restricted stock
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Stock issued in payment of director fees
Balance at December 31, 2011
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Stock options exercised
Excess tax benefit - stock-based compensation
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock forfeited
Stock-based compensation - stock options
Stock-based compensation - restricted stock
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Stock purchased by directors under director stock plan
Stock issued in payment of director fees
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
$
$
$
Shares
5,229,529
—
—
49,940
—
563
6,150
(2,320 )
—
—
—
6,220
5,290,082
—
—
34,913
—
982
5,675
(315 )
—
—
—
5,590
5,336,927
—
—
37,563
—
700
9,030
(380 )
—
—
—
100
5,270
5,389,210
Amount
53,789
—
—
895
132
17
—
—
241
109
—
200
55,383
—
—
741
120
33
—
—
234
143
—
200
56,854
—
—
1,041
42
25
—
—
206
202
—
4
199
58,573
$
$
$
$
Retained
Earnings
54,644
13,552
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,205 )
—
64,991
15,564
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,457 )
—
77,098
17,817
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,751 )
—
—
91,164
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Page-57
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income,
Net of Taxes
618
—
928
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,546
—
53
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,599
—
456
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,055
Total
$ 109,051
13,552
928
895
132
17
—
—
241
109
(3,205 )
200
$ 121,920
15,564
53
741
120
33
—
—
234
143
(3,457 )
200
$ 135,551
17,817
456
1,041
42
25
—
—
206
202
(3,751 )
4
199
$ 151,792
BANK OF MARIN BANCORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses
Compensation expense--common stock for director fees
Stock-based compensation expense
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
Amortization and impairment write-off of core deposit intangible
Amortization of investment security premiums, net of accretion of discounts
Accretion of discount on acquired loans
Decrease in deferred loan origination fees, net
Loss on sale of investment securities
Depreciation and amortization
Loss on disposal of premise and equipment
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition, net of tax
Loss (gain) on sale of repossessed assets
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Interest receivable
Interest payable
Deferred rent and other rent-related expenses
Other assets
Other liabilities
Total adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
Purchase of securities held to maturity
Purchase of securities available for sale
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale
Proceeds from paydowns/maturity of securities held to maturity
Proceeds from paydowns/maturity of securities available for sale
Loans originated and principal collected, net
Purchase of bank owned life insurance policies
Purchase of premises and equipment
Proceeds from sale of repossessed assets
Cash receipt from acquisition
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net increase in deposits
Proceeds from stock options exercised
Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Repayment of subordinated debenture
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Stock issued under employee and director stock purchase plans
Excess tax benefits from exercised stock options
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid in interest
Years ended December 31,
2012
2011
2010
$
17,817
$
15,564
$
13,552
2,900
209
408
(29 )
—
2,332
(2,430 )
(831 )
34
1,355
20
—
14
(762 )
(435 )
(156 )
331
555
(526 )
2,989
20,806
—
(87,290 )
(73,405 )
2,186
6,458
51,899
(43,169 )
(364 )
(1,221 )
41
—
—
(144,865 )
50,317
1,041
(20,000 )
(5,000 )
(3,751 )
29
29
22,665
(101,394 )
129,743
28,349
$
7,050
200
377
(99 )
725
1,385
(4,275 )
(1,200 )
—
1,293
117
(85 )
(10 )
(752 )
(431 )
(33 )
236
1,051
1,268
6,817
22,381
18
(26,804 )
(92,686 )
—
1,755
68,251
(25,182 )
(2,500 )
(2,472 )
421
44,042
219
(34,938 )
93,152
741
(33,500 )
—
(3,457 )
33
99
57,068
44,511
85,232
129,743
$
5,350
200
350
(102 )
—
1,194
—
(119 )
—
1,344
3
—
15
(690 )
131
97
253
713
1,138
9,877
23,429
—
(5,464 )
(50,517 )
—
790
37,158
(26,804 )
—
(1,723 )
216
—
—
(46,344 )
71,678
895
—
—
(3,205 )
17
102
69,487
46,572
38,660
85,232
2,732
$
5,328
$
7,246
$
$
Cash paid in income taxes
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Change in unrealized gain on available-for- sale securities
Loans transferred to repossessed assets
Stock issued in payment of director fees
Acquisition:
Fair value of assets acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Page-58
$
$
$
$
$
$
11,421
$
9,159
$
786
65
199
$
$
$
—
—
$
$
90
301
200
$
$
$
107,763
107,678
$
$
7,610
1,600
270
200
—
—
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Introductory Explanation
References in this report to “Bancorp” mean the Bank of Marin Bancorp as the parent holding company for Bank of Marin, the wholly-owned subsidiary
(the “Bank”). References to “we,” “our,” “us” mean the holding company and the Bank that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes.
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bank of Marin Bancorp (“Bancorp”), a bank holding company, and
its sole and wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Bank of Marin (the “Bank”, a California state-chartered commercial bank). All material intercompany
transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present
fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows. All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature. We
have evaluated subsequent events through the date of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and have determined that there are
no subsequent events that require additional recognition or disclosure.
Nature of Operations: Bancorp, headquartered in Novato, CA, conducts business primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, which
provides a wide range of financial services to customers, who are predominantly professionals, small and middle-market businesses, and individuals
who work and/or reside in Marin, Napa, San Francisco and Sonoma counties. Besides the headquarter office in Novato, CA, the Bank operates ten
branches in Marin County, one in Napa County, one in San Francisco and five in Sonoma County. Our accounting and reporting policies conform to
generally accepted accounting principles, general practice, and regulatory guidance within the banking industry. A summary of our significant policies
follows.
Cash and Cash Equivalents include cash, due from banks, Federal funds sold and other short-term investments with maturity less than three months at
the time of origination.
Investment Securities are classified as "held to maturity," "trading securities" or "available for sale." Investments classified as held-to-maturity are those
that we have the ability and intent to hold until maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.
Investments held for resale in anticipation of short-term market movements are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair value, with
unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Investments that are neither held-to-maturity nor trading are classified as available-for-sale and are
reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, are reported as a separate component of comprehensive income and included in
stockholders' equity until realized. For discussion of our methodology in determining fair value, see Note 10.
At each financial statement date, Management assesses whether declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below
their costs are deemed to be other-than-temporary. Management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair
value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) our intent and ability to retain the investment for
a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, the remaining payment
terms of the instrument and economic factors that are relevant to the collectability of the instrument, such as: current prepayment speeds, the current
financial condition of the issuer(s), industry analyst reports, credit ratings, credit default rates, interest rate trends and the value of any underlying
collateral.
For each security in an unrealized loss position, we assess whether we intend to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required
to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses. For debt securities that are considered other-than-
temporarily impaired, are not intended for sale and will not be required to be sold prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we separate the amount
of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount that is due to all other factors. The credit loss
component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the security's amortized cost basis and the present value of its
expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security's fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is deemed to
be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The other-than-temporary
impairment recognized in other comprehensive income for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is accreted from other
Page-59
comprehensive income to the amortized cost of the debt security over the remaining life of the debt security in a prospective manner on the basis of the
amount and timing of future estimated cash flows.
Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method.
Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses for securities are included in earnings and are derived using the
specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
Originated Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding net of deferred fees, charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”). Interest
income is accrued daily using the simple interest method. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when Management believes that there is doubt as to
the collection of principal or interest, generally when they become contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to principal or interest,
except for loans that are well-secured and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, any accrued but uncollected
interest is reversed from current-period interest income and interest income is recorded only after the loan is brought current or after all principal and
past due interest has been collected. For loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower
experiencing financial difficulties (“troubled debt restructuring”), they are returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment
performance (generally, six consecutive monthly payments) according to the modified terms and there is reasonable assurance of repayment and of
performance.
Loan origination fees and commitment fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and amortized as yield adjustments over the
contractual lives of the related loans.
Loan Charge-Off Policy: For all types of loans except overdraft accounts, we generally fully or partially charge down to its net realizable value for a non-
collateral-dependent loan, or the fair value of collateral securing the loan for a collateral-dependent loan when: (1) it is deemed uncollectable; (2) the loan
has been classified as a loss by either our internal loan review process or external examiners; or (3) the loan is 180 days past due unless both well
secured and in the process of collection. For an overdraft account, we generally charge it off when it is more than ninety days delinquent.
Allowance for Loan Losses is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses
inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged against earnings and reduced by charge-offs, net of
recoveries.
In periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, Management considers current economic conditions, known and inherent risks in the
portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, our past loan loss experience
and other factors. The ALLL is based on estimates and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee
(“ALCO”) reviews the adequacy of the ALLL at least quarterly, to include consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio and current economic
conditions. The allowance is adjusted based on that review if, in the judgment of the ALCO and Management, changes are warranted.
The overall allowance consists of specific allowances for individually identified impaired loans, an allowance factor for pools of credits and allowances for
changing environmental factors (e.g., portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, economic factors, etc.).
The first component, the specific allowance, results from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including
collateral, as applicable. Through Management's ongoing loan grading and credit monitoring process, individual loans are identified that have conditions
that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms. These loans are evaluated for impairment
individually by Management. Management considers an originated loan to be impaired when it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For allowance established on acquired loans, refer to Acquired Loans discussion below.
When the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is recorded as the impairment through the
establishment of the specific allowance. For loans determined to be impaired, the extent of the impairment is measured based on the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate at origination(for originated loans), based on the loan's observable market
price, or based on the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent or if foreclosure is imminent. Generally with problem credits that are
collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at
Page-60
least annually. We may obtain appraisals more frequently if we believe the collateral value is subject to market volatility, if a specific event has occurred
to the collateral, or if we believe foreclosure is imminent.
The second component is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool stratified by major segments of loans with similar
characteristics in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses our entire loan portfolio and excludes acquired loans where the discount has not been
fully accreted. For allowance established on acquired loans, refer to Acquired Loans discussion below. Loans are segmented into the following pools:
commercial real estate, construction, commercial, and consumer loans. Management also sub-segments these segments into classes based on the
associated risks within those segments. Commercial real estate loans are divided into the following two classes: owner-occupied and non-owner-
occupied. Consumer loans are divided into three classes: residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans. The total amount allocated for
the second component is determined by applying loss multipliers to outstanding loans in each loan pool. Loss multipliers for loan pools are based on
analysis of local economic factors, current loan portfolio quality, historical loss experience and trends applicable to each loan pool. Local economic
factors considered include state and local unemployment rates, occupancy rates and sales statistics as external criteria for loan loss estimation. In
addition, additional loss factors are applied to substandard loans based on the increased risk of loss inherent in those credits.
The third component of the ALLL is an economic component, which is Management's best estimate of the probable impact that economic changes may
have on the loan portfolio as a whole. It is not allocated to specific loans or groups of loans, but rather is intended to absorb losses caused by portfolio
trends, concentration of credit, growth, and economic trends.
Acquired Loans are recorded at their estimated fair values at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan.
Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded for acquired loans as of the acquisition date.
Purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans are those acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration subsequent to their origination and for which it
was probable, at acquisition, that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Management has applied significant judgment in
determining which loans are PCI loans. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as past due and
nonaccrual status, risk grades and recent loan-to-value percentages. Revolving credit agreements (e.g. home equity lines of credit and revolving
commercial loans), if at the acquisition date the borrower had revolving privileges, are not considered PCI loans as cash flows cannot be reasonably
estimated.
The excess of the cash flows of PCI loans initially expected to be collected over the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date (i.e., the accretable
yield) is accreted into interest income using the effective yield method, provided that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable.
The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of
prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is not recorded. The estimate of cash flows expected to be collected is updated
quarterly and requires the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates similar to the initial estimate of fair value. For discussion of the initial
assumptions used in determining the fair value of the acquired loans, see Note 2.
For purposes of accounting for the PCI loans purchased in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") assisted acquisition of certain assets
and the assumption of certain liabilities of the former Charter Oak Bank on February 18, 2011 (the “Acquisition”), we elected to account for these loans
individually. Resolution of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full by the borrower and foreclosure of the
collateral, result in removal of the loans from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount, and any gains and losses as a result of resolutions are
included in interest income.
Subsequent to the Acquisition, if we have probable decreases in cash flows expected to be collected (other than due to decreases in interest rate
indices), we charge the provision for loan losses and specific allowances are allocated to PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration. If we have
probable and significant increases in cash flows expected to be collected on PCI loans, we first reverse any previously established specific allowances
and then increase interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loans. Changes in cash flows due to changes in
interest rate indices for variable rate loans and prepayment assumptions are recorded in interest income via prospective yield adjustment. At
Acquisition, PCI loans with future cash flows that could be reasonably estimated were not classified as nonperforming because we believed that we
would fully collect the new carrying value of these loans. When there is doubt as to the timing and amount of future cash flows to be collected, PCIs are
classified as
Page-61
non-accrual loans. It is important to note that judgment is required to classify PCI loans as performing or non-accrual, and is dependent on having a
reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected.
For acquired loans not considered credit-impaired, the difference between the contractual amounts due (unpaid principal amount) and the fair value is
accreted to interest income over the lives of the loans. We elect to recognize the entire fair value discount based on the acquired loan's contractual cash
flows using an effective interest rate method for term loans, and a straight line method for revolving lines, as the timing and amount of cash flows under
revolving lines are not predictable. The accretion is recognized through the net interest margin. Subsequent to the Acquisition, if the probable and
estimable losses for non-PCI loans exceed the amount of the remaining unaccreted discount, the excess is established as part of the ALLL.
For further information regarding our acquired loans, see Note 2 and Note 4.
Transfers of Financial Assets: We have entered into certain participation agreements with other organizations. We account for these transfers of
financial assets as sales when control over the transferred financial assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be
surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from us, (2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it
received, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, and (3) we do not maintain effective control over the transferred financial
assets or third-party beneficial interests related to those transferred assets. No gain or loss has been recognized by us on the sale of these
participation interests through December 31, 2012.
Premises and Equipment consist of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, software and equipment and are stated at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization, which are calculated on a straight-line basis. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over eight years and equipment is
generally depreciated over three to twenty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or the terms of
the leases. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the
accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”): We recognize compensation cost of the ESOP contribution when funds become committed for the
purchase of Bancorp's common shares into the ESOP in the year in which the employees render service entitling them to the contribution. If we
contribute stock, the compensation cost is the fair value of the shares when they are committed to be released, i.e. when the number of shares
becomes known. During 2012 and 2011, the Bank only made cash contributions to the ESOP without leveraging.
Income Taxes reported in the consolidated financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of
taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences that have been recognized in the
financial statement or tax returns. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on the provisions of enacted tax laws. Bancorp files
consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.
Earnings per share (“EPS”) are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The following table shows:
1) weighted average basic shares, 2) potential common shares related to stock options, unvested restricted stock and stock warrant, and 3) weighted
average diluted shares. Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during each period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The number
of potential common shares included in quarterly diluted EPS is computed using the average market prices during the three months included in the
reporting period under the treasury stock method. The number of potential common shares included in year-to-date diluted EPS is a year-to-date
weighted average of potential common shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation. We have two forms of our outstanding common
stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as
common shareholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings.
Page-62
(in thousands, except per share data)
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
Add: Potential common shares related to stock options
Potential common shares related to unvested restricted stock
Potential common shares related to warrants
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
Net income
Basic EPS
Diluted EPS
2012
5,341
47
5
45
5,438
2011
5,302
41
4
37
5,384
$
$
$
17,817 $
3.34 $
3.28 $
15,564 $
2.94 $
2.89 $
2010
5,238
46
4
26
5,314
13,552
2.59
2.55
Weighted average anti-dilutive shares not included in the calculation of diluted EPS
50
70
151
Share-Based Compensation: All share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, including stock options and restricted stock, are
recognized as stock-based compensation expense in the statements of income based on the grant-date fair value of the award with a corresponding
increase in common stock. The grant-date fair value of the award is amortized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.
The stock-based compensation expense excludes stock grants to directors as compensation for their services, which are recognized as director
expenses separately based on the grant-date value of the stock. See Note 9 for further discussion.
We determine fair value of stock options at grant date using the Black-Scholes pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date,
the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate over the
expected life of the option. The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of
the stock-based award and stock price volatility. The assumptions used represent Management's best estimates based on historical information, but
these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the
recorded stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different from that recorded in its financial statements. In addition, we are
required to estimate the expected forfeiture rates. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the estimate, the share-based compensation
expense could be materially different. Fair value of restricted stock is based on the stock price on grant date.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
Fair Value Hedges: All of our interest rate swap contracts are designated and qualified as fair value hedges. We apply shortcut hedge accounting for
one of our interest rate swap contracts, as it is structured to mirror all of the provisions of the hedged loan agreement. This interest rate swap is carried
on the consolidated statements of condition at its fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is
negative). The change in the fair value of the interest rate swap is recorded in other non-interest income. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, the
hedged fixed-rate loan also gains or loses value. The unrealized gain or loss resulting from the change in fair value of the hedged-loan is recorded as an
adjustment to the hedged loan and offset in other non-interest income. Under shortcut hedge accounting treatment, the change in fair value of the
interest rate swap is deemed perfectly offset by the change in fair value of the hedged loan, resulting in zero impact to net income.
Nine of our interest rate swap contracts are accounted for using non-shortcut hedge accounting treatment. The interest rate swaps are closely aligned
to the terms of the designated fixed-rate loans. The hedging relationships are tested for effectiveness on a quarterly basis. The interest rate swaps are
carried on the consolidated statements of condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair
value is negative). The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps are recorded in interest income. The unrealized gains or losses due to
changes in fair value of the hedged fixed-rate loans are recorded as an adjustment to the hedged loans and offset in interest income. For derivative
instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, we do not offset fair value amounts of interest rate swaps in
liability position with the ones in asset position. For further detail, see Note 15.
Page-63
Advertising Costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, advertising costs totaled $541 thousand, $589
thousand, and $459 thousand, respectively.
Comprehensive Income for Bancorp includes net income reported on the statements of comprehensive income and changes in the fair value of
investment securities available-for-sale, net of related taxes, reported on the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of stockholders'
equity.
Segment Information: Our two operating segments include the traditional community banking activities provided through our branch network and our
Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”). The activities of these two segments are monitored and reported by Management as separate
operating segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in this note. We evaluate segment performance based
on total segment revenue and do not allocate expenses between the segments. WMTS revenues were $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $1.5 million in
2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are included in non-interest income in the statements of comprehensive income. Non-interest expenses
applicable to WMTS totaled $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Income tax applicable to WMTS totaled
$200 thousand, $184 thousand and $88 thousand in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which resulted in after-tax income of $327 thousand, $312
thousand and $146 thousand in those respective periods. The revenues of the community banking segment are reflected in all other income lines in the
statements of income.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant accounting estimates
reflected in the consolidated financial statements include ALLL, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, estimated cash flows on PCI
loans, accounting for income taxes and fair value measurements as discussed in the Notes herein.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-11 Balance Sheet
(Topic 210) Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The ASU enhances disclosures in order to improve the comparability of offsetting
(netting) assets and liabilities reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting
Standards (“IFRS”) by requiring entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset
in the statements of condition and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. In January 2013, the
FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01 Balance Sheet (Topic 210) Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarifies
that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11. It further clarifies that the scope of ASU No.2011-11 applies to
derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset
in accordance with specific criteria contained in FASB Accounting Standards Codification® or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar
agreement. Both ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-1 are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those
annual periods. We do not expect that the adoption of these ASUs will have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations as it
affects presentation only.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The ASU improves the
comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The
amendments to Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, require entities to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and
the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive
statements. Entities are no longer permitted to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in
stockholders' equity. Any adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income are to be presented on the face of
the entities' financial statement regardless of the method of presentation for comprehensive income. The amendments do not change items to be
reported in comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income, nor do the amendments change
the option to present the components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects. We have adopted this
ASU in the first quarter of 2012.
Page-64
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the
Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards, which supersedes certain
pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05 that pertain to how, when, and where reclassification adjustments are presented. ASU 2011-05 is effective for
fiscal years, and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive
Income (Topic 220) Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The ASU requires entities to provide
enhanced disclosures to present separately by component reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. An entity is required to
disclose in the notes of the financial statements or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements the effect of significant items reclassified out
of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items of net income, but only if the item reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to
be reclassified to net income in its entirety. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012 for
public entities. We do not expect the adoption of this ASU will have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations as it affects
disclosure only.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and
Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The ASU improves the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in
accordance with U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The amendments to this ASU provide explanations on how to measure fair value, but do not require any
additional fair value measurements and do not establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments
clarify existing fair value measurements and disclosure requirements to include: 1) application of the highest and best use and valuation premises
concepts; 2) measuring fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity's shareholders' equity; and 3) disclosure requirements regarding
quantitative information about unobservable inputs categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, for assets and liabilities not
recognized at fair value but disclosure is required, entities need to disclose the level in which the fair value measurement would be categorized within the
fair value hierarchy. For public entities, ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We have adopted
this ASU in the first quarter of 2012 and provided the applicable disclosure in Note 10 herein.
Page-65
Note 2: Acquisition
On February 18, 2011, we entered into a modified whole-bank purchase and assumption agreement without loss share (the “P&A Agreement”) with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the receiver of Charter Oak Bank of Napa, California, to purchase certain assets and assume
certain liabilities of the former Charter Oak Bank to enhance our market presence. The purchase price reflected an asset discount of $19.8 million and
no deposit premium. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition
date in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations.
The P&A Agreement only covered designated assets and liabilities of Charter Oak Bank. Common stock of Charter Oak Bank, certain assets and
certain liabilities, such as claims against any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other person employed by the former Charter Oak
Bank, were not purchased or assumed by us. In addition, loans of the former Charter Oak Bank at their book values totaling approximately $24.4 million
as of the acquisition date were retained by the FDIC. The excluded loans mainly represented loans delinquent more than sixty days or more as of the
bid valuation date (October 18, 2010) and certain types of land and construction loans.
In FDIC-assisted transactions, only certain assets and liabilities are transferred to the acquirer and, depending on the nature and amount of the
acquirer's bid, the FDIC may be required to make a cash payment to the acquirer or the acquirer may be required to make payment to the FDIC. We
received cash totaling $32.6 million from the FDIC upon initial settlement of the transaction and recorded a receivable from the FDIC of $196 thousand,
for consideration of the net liabilities assumed (i.e., the net difference between the liabilities assumed and the assets acquired). The $196 thousand
receivable was settled in August 2011.
The following table presents the net liabilities assumed from Charter Oak and the estimated fair value adjustments, which resulted in a bargain purchase
gain as of the acquisition date as the loans were purchased at a discount:
(in thousands)
Book value of net liabilities assumed from Charter Oak Bank
Cash received from the FDIC upon initial settlement
Receivable from the FDIC
Fair value adjustments:
Loans
Core deposit intangible asset
Vehicles and equipment
Deferred tax liabilities
Deposits
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
Total purchase accounting adjustments
Bargain purchase gain, net of tax
Acquisition Date (February 18,
2011)
$
$
(15,750 )
32,588
196
(17,406 )
725
16
(62 )
(220 )
(2 )
(16,949 )
85
The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired over the estimated fair value of the liabilities
assumed. We did not immediately acquire the banking facilities, including outstanding lease agreements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, as part of
the P&A Agreement as of the acquisition date. We have since acquired all data processing equipment and the Napa branch fixed assets totaling $206
thousand, and renegotiated a new lease with the landlord. The smaller St. Helena branch acquired from Charter Oak Bank was closed effective April 29,
2011.
Page-66
The following table reflects the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to the Acquisition, including cash received
and receivable from the FDIC on the acquisition date:
(in thousands)
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits in banks
Federal funds sold
Total cash and cash equivalents
Loans
Core deposit intangible
Other assets (including the receivable from the FDIC)
Total assets acquired
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Noninterest bearing
Interest bearing
Total deposits
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
Deferred tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Acquisition Date
(February 18, 2011)
$
34,144
5,663
4,235
44,042
61,765
725
1,231
107,763
27,874
65,987
93,861
13,502
62
253
107,678
Bargain purchase gain, net of tax (included in other non-interest income)
$
85
The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities at acquisition date presented above.
Loans
The fair values for acquired loans were developed based upon the present values of the expected cash flows utilizing market-derived discount rates.
Expected cash flows for each acquired loan were projected based on contractual cash flows adjusted for expected prepayment, expected default (i.e.
probability of default and loss severity), and principal recovery.
Prepayment rates were applied to the principal outstanding of purchased non-credit impaired loans based on the following assumptions depending on
the type of loan:
• For commercial and agriculture loans, a ten percent constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) was assumed based on research data associated with
these loan types;
• A one percent CPR was assumed for commercial real estate, construction and land loans as research data indicated limited prepayment activity
over the life of these loans;
• For single family residential loans, a twenty percent CPR was used, based on research data associated with these loan types;
• For home equity lines of credit, a CPR of fifteen percent was assumed based on the refinance likelihood and other research; and,
• For other consumer loans, a CPR of one and a half percent was used based on capital markets research data for consumer unsecured credit.
Page-67
Prepayment assumptions were not factored into the calculation of expected cash flows on PCI loans. For more information, refer to Note 4 under
“Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans”.
Loans with similar characteristics were grouped together and were treated in the aggregate when applying the discount rate on the expected cash flows.
Aggregation factors considered included the type of loan and related collateral, risk classification, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether
or not the loan was amortizing. The discount rates used for the similar groups of loans were based on current market rates for new originations of
comparable loans, where available, and include adjustments for credit and liquidity factors. To the extent comparable market rates are not readily
available, a discount rate was derived based on the assumptions of a market participant's cost of funds, servicing costs, and return requirements for
comparable risk assets.
Deposits
The fair values used for the transaction, savings and money market deposits were equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The
fair values for time deposits were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied interest rates offered by market participants as of the
acquisition date on time deposits with similar maturity terms as the discount rates. We recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $725 thousand at
Acquisition, of which $683 thousand was written-off in the fourth quarter of 2011 and $42 thousand was amortized in 2011. This write-off was primarily
due to greater than anticipated runoff of the acquired deposits and a significant decline in alternative funding costs since the Acquisition. For income tax
purposes, we continue to amortize the core deposit intangible asset over fifteen years. Refer to Note 12 for deferred tax asset information related to the
core deposit intangible asset.
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
The advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank San Francisco (“FHLB”) were recorded at their estimated fair value, which was based on quoted prices
supplied by the FHLB. Subsequent to the acquisition date, all of these advances were repaid in full in the first quarter of 2011.
Pro Forma Results of Operations
We acquired only certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from the former Charter Oak Bank. A significant portion of the former Charter Oak
Bank's operations, including certain delinquent loans, its St. Helena facilities and its central operations and administrative functions were not retained by
us. Therefore, disclosure of supplemental pro forma financial information, especially prior period comparison is deemed neither practical nor meaningful
given the troubled nature of Charter Oak Bank prior to the date of Acquisition. Additionally, the acquired operation was not considered significant, as
defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Page-68
Note 3: Investment Securities
Our investment securities portfolio consists of obligations of state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency securities,
including mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA,
debentures issued by government-sponsored agencies such as FNMA and FHLMC, as well as privately issued CMOs, as reflected in the table below:
(in thousands; 2012)
Held-to-maturity
Obligations of state and
political subdivisions
Corporate bonds
Total held-to-maturity
Available-for-sale
Securities of U. S. government
agencies:
MBS pass-through securities
issued by FHLMC and FNMA
CMOs issued by FNMA
CMOs issued by FHLMC
CMOs issued by GNMA
Debentures of government-
sponsored agencies
Privately issued CMOs
Total available-for-sale
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Gross Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Gross Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
$
96,922 $
42,530
139,452
99,350 $
42,881
142,231
2,855 $
458
3,313
(427 ) $
(107 )
(534 )
54,738 $
5,000
57,226 $
4,959
59,738
62,185
2,688 $
—
2,688
(200 )
(41 )
(241)
52,042
4,447
13,527
38,871
20,462
21,071
150,420
53,713
4,550
13,778
39,756
20,589
21,576
153,962
1,711
105
251
886
228
595
3,776
(40 )
(2 )
—
(1 )
(101 )
(90 )
(234 )
26,360
10,775
18,853
49,940
8,000
18,420
27,486
11,099
19,386
50,886
8,050
18,197
1,126
324
533
946
50
116
132,348
135,104
3,095
—
—
—
—
—
(339)
(339)
Total investment securities
$
289,872 $
296,193 $
7,089 $
(768 ) $
192,086 $ 197,289 $
5,783 $
(580 )
The amortized cost and fair value of investment debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2012 are shown below. Expected maturities will
differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Held-to-Maturity
Available-for-Sale
Held-to-Maturity
Available-for-Sale
Amortized
Cost
764
$
Fair Value
$
763
$
Amortized
Cost
—
Fair Value
$
— $
Amortized
Cost
3,343
Fair Value
$
3,367
$
Amortized
Cost
—
Fair Value
—
$
98,672
99,689
26,417
27,060
22,940
23,133
11,439
11,616
29,165
10,851
139,452
30,898
10,881
$ 142,231
$
23,719
100,284
150,420
23,820
103,082
$ 153,962 $
22,145
11,310
59,738
24,240
11,445
$ 62,185
$
11,334
109,575
132,348
$
11,507
111,981
135,104
$
(in thousands)
Within one year
After one but within five
years
After five years through ten
years
After ten years
Total
One available-for-sale security was sold in February 2012 with proceeds of $2.2 million and loss of $34 thousand. There were no other sales of
securities in the year of 2012.
Investment securities carried at $47.7 million and $53.6 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, were pledged with the
State of California: $47.0 million and $52.9 million to secure public deposits in compliance with the Local Agency Security Program at December 31,
2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and $719 thousand and $707 thousand to provide collateral for trust deposits at December 31, 2012 and
December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, investment securities carried at $1.1 million were pledged to collateralize an internal
Page-69
Wealth Management and Trust Services (“WMTS”) checking account at both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities
We do not have the intent to sell the securities that are temporarily impaired, and it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell those securities
before recovery of the cost basis. Additionally, we have evaluated the credit ratings of our investment securities and their issuers and/or insurers, if
applicable. Based on our evaluation, Management has determined that no investment security in our investment portfolio is other-than-temporarily
impaired.
Fifty-five and seventeen investment securities were in unrealized loss positions at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. They are
summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows:
December 31, 2012
< 12 continuous months
> 12 continuous months
Total securities
in a loss position
Fair value
Unrealized
loss
Fair value
Unrealized
loss
Fair value
Unrealized loss
(In thousands;)
Held-to-maturity
Obligations of state & political
subdivisions
$
Corporate bonds
Total held-to-maturity
Available-for-sale
MBS pass-through securities
issued by FHLMC and FNMA
CMOs issued by FNMA
CMOs issued by GNMA
Debentures of government-
sponsored agencies
Privately issued CMOs
Total available-for-sale
Total temporarily impaired
securities
(In thousands)
Held-to-maturity
Obligations of state & political
subdivisions
$
Corporate bonds
Total held-to-maturity
Available-for-sale
Privately issued CMOs
Total available-for-sale
Total temporarily impaired
securities
$
33,196
15,649
48,845
(427) $
(107)
(534)
3,569
3,185
1,550
9,899
4,214
22,417
(40)
(2)
(1)
(101)
(89)
(233)
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
203
203
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
(1)
$
$
33,196
15,649
48,845
3,569
3,185
1,550
9,899
4,417
22,620
$
71,262
$
(767) $
203
$
(1) $
71,465
$
$
17,607
4,959
22,566
(174) $
(41)
(215)
8,173
8,173
(205)
(205)
$
1,775
—
1,775
3,757
3,757
(26) $
—
(26)
(134)
(134)
$
19,382
4,959
24,341
11,930
11,930
$
30,739
$
(420) $
5,532
$
(160) $
36,271
$
Page-70
December 31, 2011
< 12 continuous months
> 12 continuous months
Total Securities
in a loss position
Fair value
Unrealized
loss
Fair value
Unrealized
loss
Fair value
Unrealized loss
(427)
(107)
(534)
(40)
(2)
(1)
(101)
(90)
(234)
(768)
(200)
(41)
(241)
(339)
(339)
(580)
Thirty-seven obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions, six corporate bonds, two CMOs issued by GNMA, two CMOs issued by FNMA, one
government-sponsored agency debenture, one MBS, and five privately issued CMOs in our portfolio were in a temporary loss position for less than
twelve months as of December 31, 2012. Securities issued by GNMA and FNMA have the guarantee of the full faith and credit of the U.S. Federal
Government. The other temporarily impaired securities are deemed credit worthy after our periodic impairment analysis and are all rated as investment
grade by at least one major rating agency. We also monitor the financial information of the issuers of obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
as part of our ongoing impairment analysis. As a result of this impairment analysis, we concluded that these securities were not other-than-temporarily
impaired at December 31, 2012.
As of December 31, 2012, there was one CMO privately issued by a financial institution (with no guarantee from government sponsored agencies) in a
continuous loss position for more than twelve months. It is collateralized by residential mortgages with low loan-to-value and delinquency ratios and may
be prepaid at par prior to maturity. We review the loans collateralizing the security, credit scores of the borrowers, expected default rates and loss
severities. Based upon our assessment of expected credit losses of the security given the performance of the underlying collateral and the credit
enhancements, we concluded that the security was not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2012. In addition, the security was AAA rated
by at least one major rating agency.
Securities Carried at Cost
As a member of the FHLB, we are required to maintain a minimum investment in the FHLB capital stock determined by the Board of Directors of the
FHLB. The minimum investment requirements can also increase in the event we need to increase our borrowing capacity with the FHLB. Shares cannot
be purchased or sold except between the FHLB and its members at its $100 per share par value. We held $6.0 million and $5.4 million of FHLB stock
recorded at cost in other assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On February 20, 2013, FHLB declared a cash dividend for the fourth
quarter of 2012 at an annualized dividend rate of 0.50%. Management does not believe that the FHLB stock is other-than-temporarily-impaired, as we
expect to be able to redeem this stock at cost.
As a member bank of Visa U.S.A., we hold 16,939 shares of Visa Inc. Class B common stock with a carrying value of zero, which is equal to our cost
basis. These shares are restricted from resale until their conversion into Class A (voting) shares upon the termination of Visa Inc.'s covered litigation
escrow account. As a result of the restriction, these shares are not considered available-for-sale and are not carried at fair value. The fair value of the
Class B common stock we own was $1.1 million and $732 thousand at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, based on the Class
A as-converted rate of 0.4206, which is subject to further reduction upon the final settlement of the covered litigation against Visa Inc. and its member
banks. See Note 13 herein.
Page-71
Note 4: Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Credit Quality of Loans
The majority of our loan activity is with customers located in California, primarily in the counties of Marin, Napa, San Francisco and Sonoma. At
December 31, 2012, 66% of our loans are for commercial real estate, 78% of which are secured by real estate located in Marin, Napa, Sonoma and San
Francisco counties, California. Approximately 85% of total loans were secured by real estate, while 3% were unsecured at both December 31, 2012 and
2011.
Outstanding loans by class and payment aging as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:
$
$
$
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
30-59 days past due
60-89 days past due
Greater than 90 days past due (non-
accrual) 2
Total past due
Current
Total loans 3
Non-accrual loans to total loans
December 31, 2011
30-59 days past due
60-89 days past due
Greater than 90 days past due (non-
accrual) 2
Total past due
Current
Total loans 3
Loan Aging Analysis by Class as of December 31, 2012 and 2011
Commercial
Commercial
real estate,
owner-occupied
Commercial
real estate,
investor
Construction
Home equity
Other
residential 1
Installment and
other consumer
$
29
—
$
—
—
$
—
—
4,893
4,922
171,509
1,403
1,403
195,003
6,843
6,843
502,163
176,431
$
196,406
$
509,006
$
$
—
—
2,239
2,239
28,426
30,665
$
294
—
545
839
92,398
93,237
$
$
$
167
—
1,196
1,363
48,069
49,432
$
Total
588
—
$
98
—
533
631
18,144
18,775
$
17,652
18,240
1,055,712
1,073,952
2.8 %
0.7 %
1.3 %
7.3 %
0.6 %
2.4 %
2.8 %
1.6 %
$
371
139
$
576
—
$
6,060
—
2,955
3,465
172,325
2,033
2,609
172,096
741
6,801
439,624
$
175,790
$
174,705
$
446,425
$
$
—
—
3,014
3,014
48,943
51,957
$
195
—
766
961
97,082
98,043
$
$
$
—
—
1,942
1,942
59,560
61,502
$
$
7
34
519
560
22,172
22,732
$
7,209
173
11,970
19,352
1,011,802
1,031,154
Non-accrual loans to total loans
1.7 %
1.2 %
0.2 %
5.8 %
0.8 %
3.2 %
2.3 %
1.2 %
1 Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full
documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or higher loan-to-value ratios.
2 Amounts include $1.6 million and $2.5 million of Purchased Credit Impaired ("PCI") loans that have stopped accreting interest at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and exclude accreting PCI loans
of $3.0 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as their accretable yield interest recognition is independent from the underlying contractual loan delinquency status. There were no
accruing loans past due more than ninety days at December 31, 2012 or 2011.
3 Amounts were net of deferred loan fees of $769 thousand and $1.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts were also net of unaccreted purchase discounts on non-PCI loans of $2.1
million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Our commercial loans are generally made to established small to mid-sized businesses to provide financing for their working capital needs or
acquisition of fixed assets. Management examines historical, current, and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their
obligations as agreed. Commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying
collateral. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not occur as expected, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most
commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed, such as accounts receivable or inventory, and incorporate a personal
guarantee. Some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds
for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. We target
stable local businesses with strong guarantors that have proven to be more resilient in periods of economic stress. Typically, the strong guarantors
provide an additional source of repayment for most of our credit extensions.
Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial loans discussed above. We underwrite these
loans to be repaid from cash flow and to be supported by real property collateral. Repayment of commercial real estate loans is largely dependent on
the successful operation of the property securing the loan, or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Substantially all of these loans
underwritten by
Page-72
us meet a minimum debt coverage ratio of 120%, and we also generally require a conservative loan-to-value ratio of 65% or less. Furthermore,
substantially all of our loans are guaranteed by the owners of the properties. Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in
the real estate markets or in the general economy. In the event of a vacancy, strong guarantors have historically carried the loans until a replacement
tenant can be found. The owner’s substantial equity investment provides a strong economic incentive to continue to support the commercial real estate
projects. As such, we have generally experienced a relatively low level of loss and delinquencies on a percentage basis in this portfolio.
Construction loans are generally made to developers and builders to finance land acquisition as well as the subsequent construction. These loans are
underwritten after evaluation of the borrower's financial strength, reputation, prior track record and obtaining independent appraisal reviews. The
construction industry can be severely impacted by several major factors, including: 1) the inherent volatility of real estate markets; 2) vulnerability to
delays due to weather or change orders, labor or material shortages and price hikes; and 3) generally thin margins and tight cash flow. Estimates of
construction costs and value associated with the complete project may be inaccurate. Repayment of construction loans is largely dependent on the
success of the ultimate project.
Consumer loans primarily consist of home equity lines of credit, other residential (tenancy-in-common, or “TIC”) loans, and other personal loans. We
originate consumer loans utilizing credit score information, debt-to-income ratio and loan-to-value ratio analysis. To monitor and manage consumer loan
risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across
many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend reports are reviewed by Management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home
equity lines of credit include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value of 75% for homes with appraised values up to $1,250,000 (and even more
conservatively for homes with values in excess of this amount), the number of such loans a borrower can have at one time, and documentation
requirements. Our underwriting of the other residential loans, mostly secured by TIC units in San Francisco, was cautious compared to traditional
residential mortgages due to the unique ownership structure and the interest-only feature of some of these loans. However, these borrowers tend to
have more equity in their properties, which mitigates risk. Personal loans are nearly evenly split between mobile home loans and floating home loans
along with a small number of installment loans.
We use a risk rating system to evaluate asset quality, and to identify and monitor credit risk in individual loans, and ultimately in the portfolio.
Definitions of loans that are risk graded “Special Mention” or worse are consistent with those used by the FDIC. Our internally assigned grades are as
follows:
Pass – Loans to borrowers of acceptable or better credit quality. Borrowers in this category demonstrate fundamentally sound financial positions,
repayment capacity, credit history and management expertise. Loans in this category must have an identifiable and stable source of repayment and
meet the Bank’s policy regarding debt service coverage ratios. These borrowers are capable of sustaining normal economic, market or operational
setbacks without significant financial impacts. Financial ratios and trends are acceptable. Negative external industry factors are generally not
present. The loan may be secured, unsecured or supported by non-real estate collateral for which the value is more difficult to determine and/or
marketability is more uncertain. This category also includes “Watch” loans, where the primary source of repayment has been delayed. “Watch” is
intended to be a transitional grade, with either an upgrade or downgrade within a reasonable period.
Special Mention - Potential weaknesses that deserve close attention. If left uncorrected, those potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the
payment prospects for the asset. Special Mention assets do not present sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard - Inadequately protected by either the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. A
Substandard asset has a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Substandard assets are characterized by the
distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if such weaknesses or deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while inherent in the aggregate
substandard amount, does not necessarily exist in the individual assets classified Substandard. Well-defined weaknesses include adverse trends or
developments of the borrower’s financial condition, managerial weaknesses and/or significant collateral deficiencies.
Doubtful - Critical weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full improbable. There may be specific pending events that work to strengthen the
asset, however, the amount or timing of the loss may not be determinable. Pending events generally occur within one year of the asset being classified
as Doubtful. Examples include: merger, acquisition,
Page-73
or liquidation; capital injection; guarantee; perfecting liens on additional collateral; and refinancing. Such loans are placed on non-accrual status and
usually are collateral-dependent.
We regularly review our credits for accuracy of risk grades whenever new information is received. Borrowers are required to submit financial information
at regular intervals:
• Generally, commercial borrowers with lines of credit are required to submit financial information with reporting intervals ranging from monthly to
annually depending on credit size, risk and complexity.
• Investor commercial real estate borrowers with loans greater than $750 thousand are required to submit rent rolls or property income statements
at least annually.
• Construction loans are monitored monthly, and assessed on an ongoing basis.
• Home equity and other consumer loans are assessed based on delinquency.
• Loans graded “Watch” or more severe, regardless of loan type, are assessed no less than quarterly.
The following table represents our analysis of loans by internally assigned grades, including the PCI loans, at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
(in thousands)
Commercial
Commercial
real estate,
owner-occupied
Commercial
real estate,
investor
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade:
Construction
Home equity
Other
residential
Installment and
other consumer
Purchased
credit-impaired
Total
$
$
$
December 31, 2012
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total loans
December 31, 2011
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
$
148,771
13,267
13,753
—
$
170,553
20,346
2,992
—
$
489,978
8,671
8,963
—
$
26,287
1,970
2,408
—
$
86,957
2,931
3,349
—
$
45,634
1,067
2,731
—
$
17,809
—
966
—
175,791
$
193,891
$
507,612
$
30,665
$
93,237
$
49,432
$
18,775
$
$
148,805
7,874
17,897
98
$
146,449
18,434
6,609
—
$
433,307
4,877
6,617
—
$
32,272
—
19,492
193
$
93,189
838
3,677
339
$
54,711
2,010
4,420
361
$
21,648
—
895
189
Total loans
$
174,674
$
171,492
$
444,801
$
51,957
$
98,043
$
61,502
$
22,732
$
Troubled Debt Restructuring
1,862
933
1,754
—
4,549
1,541
529
3,563
320
5,953
$
987,851
49,185
36,916
—
$
1,073,952
$
931,922
34,562
63,170
1,500
$
1,031,154
Our loan portfolio includes certain loans that have been modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”), where economic concessions have been
granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from our loss mitigation activities and could include
reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. TDRs on nonaccrual status at the time of
restructure may be returned to accruing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six
months, and there is reasonable assurance of repayment and of performance.
When a loan is modified, Management evaluates any possible impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the
contractual interest rate of the original loan agreement, except when the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation
of the collateral. In these cases Management uses the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. If
Management determines that the value of the modified loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs and unamortized
premium or discount), impairment is recognized through a specific allowance or a charge-off of the loan.
Page-74
The table below summarizes outstanding TDR loans by loan class as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The summary includes those TDRs that are on
nonaccrual status and those that continue to accrue interest.
(in thousands)
Recorded investment in Troubled Debt Restructurings 1
As of
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Commercial
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied
Construction
Home equity
Other residential
Installment and other consumer
Total
$
$
9,470
1,403
1,929
908
2,831
1,743
18,284
$
$
4,969
1,403
800
467
1,464
1,552
10,655
1 Includes $10.8 million and $6.3 million of TDR loans that were accruing interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The table below presents the following information for TDRs modified during the periods presented: number of contracts modified, the recorded
investment in the loans prior to modification, and the recorded investment in the loans after the loans were restructured. Modifications during the year
ended December 31, 2012 primarily involved payment extensions, forbearances, and interest rate concessions, while modifications in 2011 involved
interest rate concessions, maturity extensions, and payment deferral, or some combination thereof. There were three commercial loans, two
commercial real estate loans and one construction loan modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months with recorded
investments of $4.5 million that subsequently defaulted and $730 thousand were charged-off, net of recoveries, in the year ended December 31, 2012.
We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of more than ninety days past due. There were three TDRs in 2011 with
loan balances of $1.0 million that subsequently defaulted within twelve months of restructuring and were charged-off during 2011. The table below
excludes fully paid-off or fully charged-off TDR loans.
(dollars in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings
during the year ended December
31, 2012:
Commercial
Construction
Home Equity
Other residential
Installment and other
consumer
Total
Troubled Debt Restructurings
during the year ended December
31, 2011:
Commercial
Commercial real estate,
owner-occupied
Construction
Home Equity
Other residential
Installment and other
consumer
Total
Number of
Contracts
Modified
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment
Investment
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment at period end
14 $
2
2
2
2
22 $
9,980 $
2,793
472
1,422
231
14,898 $
9,903 $
2,793
473
1,401
231
14,801 $
27 $
5,854 $
5,940 $
2
2
3
3
13
50 $
1,366
817
478
1,467
1,607
11,589 $
Page-75
1,403
817
469
1,467
1,605
11,701 $
5,965
1,760
469
1,392
228
9,814
4,969
1,403
800
467
1,464
1,552
10,655
Impaired Loan Balances and Their Related Allowance by Major Classes of Loans
The table below summarizes information on impaired loans and their related allowance. Total impaired loans include non-accrual loans, accruing TDR
loans and accreting PCI loans that have experienced post-acquisition declines in cash flows expected to be collected.
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2012
Recorded investment in impaired loans:
With no specific allowance recorded
With a specific allowance recorded
Total recorded investment in impaired
loans
$
$
Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans:
With no specific allowance recorded
With a specific allowance recorded
Total unpaid principal balance of
impaired loans
Specific allowance
Average recorded investment in impaired
loans during 2012
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
during 2012
December 31, 2011
Recorded investment in impaired loans:
With no specific allowance recorded
With a specific allowance recorded
Total recorded investment in impaired
loans
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Unpaid principal balance of impaired loans:
With no specific allowance recorded
With a specific allowance recorded
Total recorded investment in impaired
loans
Specific allowance
Average recorded investment in impaired
loans during 2011
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
during 2011
Average recorded investment in impaired
loans during 2010
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
during 2010
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Commercial
Commercial real
estate, owner-
occupied
Commercial real
estate, investor
Construction
Home
equity
Other residential
Installment and
other consumer
Total
$
6,825
2,645
$
1,403
471
$
3,725
4,513
$
2,328
1,840
$
931
261
$
2,598
715
$
978
1,070
18,788
11,515
9,470
$
1,874
$
8,238
$
4,168
$
1,192
$
3,313
$
2,048
$
30,303
$
7,633
2,930
10,563
1,131
$
$
3,060
966
4,026
26
$
$
$
$
5,717
4,887
10,604
374
$
$
2,514
4,519
7,033
118
$
$
$
$
1,417
324
1,741
154
$
$
2,598
715
3,313
120
$
$
$
$
1,020
1,070
2,090
431
$
$
23,959
15,411
39,370
2,354
11,772
$
1,538
$
5,135
$
12,909
$
1,314
$
2,509
$
2,151
$
37,328
803
$
111
$
512
$
570
$
32
$
175
$
96
$
2,299
$
2,866
2,969
$
2,195
1,018
$
648
623
$
2,395
909
$
591
454
$
1,464
1,942
$
1,022
1,049
11,181
8,964
5,835
$
3,213
$
1,271
$
3,304
$
1,045
$
3,406
$
2,071
$
20,145
4,730
4,598
9,328
1,285
$
$
$
5,140
1,862
7,002
169
$
$
$
$
648
825
1,473
163
$
$
5,007
1,095
6,102
194
$
$
$
$
1,077
544
1,621
262
$
$
1,464
1,942
3,406
408
$
$
$
$
1,064
1,049
2,113
465
$
$
19,130
11,915
31,045
2,946
4,695
$
1,873
$
595
$
3,505
$
813
$
1,612
$
1,844
$
14,937
102
$
—
$
1,326
$
3,086
$
85
$
22
$
38
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
14
$
6,326
$
191
$
336
$
8
$
72
$
39
$
5
$
26
$
252
1,212
$
12,180
66
$
522
The gross interest income that would have been recorded had non-accrual loans been current totaled $937 thousand, $821 thousand and $756 thousand
in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively. PCI loans are excluded from the foregone interest data above as their accretable
yield interest recognition is independent from the underlying contractual loan delinquency status. See “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” below for
further discussion.
Management monitors delinquent loans continuously and identifies problem loans, generally loans graded substandard or worse, to be evaluated
individually for impairment testing. Generally, we charge off our estimated losses related to specifically-identified impaired loans when it is deemed
uncollectible. The charged-off portion of impaired loans outstanding at December 31, 2012 totaled approximately $5.8 million. At December 31, 2012,
there were $957 thousand of outstanding commitments to extend credit on impaired loans, including loans to borrowers whose terms have been
modified in troubled debt restructurings.
Page-76
The following table discloses loans by major portfolio category and activity in the ALLL, as well as the related ALLL disaggregated by impairment
evaluation method:
Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real
estate, owner-
occupied
Commercial real
estate, investor
Construction
Home
equity
Other
residential
Installment
and other
consumer
Unallocated
Total
For the year ended December 31, 2012
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Provision (reversal)
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
4,334
117
(892 )
541
$
1,305
184
(181 )
5
3,710
3,076
(2,414 )
—
$
1,505
$
(643 )
(373 )
122
611
1,444
190
(382 )
12
$
940
$
(193 )
(196 )
—
$
1,182
169
(122 )
2
$
4,100
$
1,313
$
4,372
$
$
1,264
$
551
$
1,231
$
219
—
—
—
219
$
$
14,639
2,900
(4,560 )
682
13,661
Ending ALLL related to loans
collectively evaluated for
impairment
Ending ALLL related to
loans individually evaluated for
impairment
$
$
Ending ALLL related to
purchased credit-impaired loans $
2,969
$
1,287
$
3,998
$
493
$
1,110
$
431
$
800
$
219
$
11,307
1,090
$
41
$
—
$
26
$
178
$
196
$
118
$
154
$
120
$
431
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
2,091
263
Loans outstanding:
Collectively evaluated for
impairment
Individually evaluated for
impairment1
Purchased credit-impaired
$
166,860
$
193,891
$
500,768
$
26,497
$
92,045
$
46,119
$
16,727
$
—
$
1,042,907
8,931
640
—
2,515
6,844
1,394
4,168
—
1,192
—
3,313
—
2,048
—
Total
$
176,431
$
196,406
$
509,006
$
30,665
$
93,237
$
49,432
$
18,775
$
Ratio of allowance for loan
losses to total loans
Allowance for loan losses to
non-accrual loans
2.32 %
84 %
0.67 %
94 %
0.86 %
64 %
1.99 %
1.36 %
1.11 %
6.56 %
27 %
232 %
46 %
231 %
—
—
—
NM
NM
26,496
4,549
$
1,073,952
1.27 %
77 %
1 Total excludes $3.8 million of PCI loans that have experienced post-acquisition declines in cash flows expected to be collected.These loans are included in the "purchased credit-
impaired" amount in the next line below.
NM Not Meaningful
Page-77
Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real
estate, owner-
occupied
Commercial real
estate, investor
Construction
Home
equity
Other
residential
Installment
and other
consumer
Unallocated
Total
As of December 31, 2011:
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Provision (reversal)
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
3,114
4,469
(3,306 )
57
1,037
377
(113 )
4
$
4,134
$
(424 )
—
—
$
$
1,694
275
(473 )
9
643
1,342
(554 )
13
$
4,334
$
1,305
$
3,710
$
1,505
$
1,444
$
738
202
—
—
940
$
$
835
787
(456 )
16
$
1,182
$
197
22
—
—
219
$
$
12,392
7,050
(4,902 )
99
14,639
Ending ALLL related to
loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Ending ALLL related to
loans individually evaluated for
impairment
$
$
Ending ALLL related to
purchased credit-impaired loans $
3,049
$
1,136
$
3,547
$
1,311
$
1,182
$
532
$
717
$
219
$
11,693
957
$
328
$
—
$
169
$
91
$
72
$
194
$
262
$
408
$
465
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
2,377
569
Loans outstanding:
Collectively evaluated for
impairment
Individually evaluated for
impairment1
Purchased credit-impaired
$
169,564
$
171,492
$
444,060
$
48,653
$
96,998
$
58,095
$
20,661
$
—
$
1,009,523
5,110
1,116
—
3,213
741
1,624
3,304
—
1,045
—
3,407
—
2,071
—
Total
$
175,790
$
174,705
$
446,425
$
51,957
$
98,043
$
61,502
$
22,732
$
Ratio of allowance for loan
losses to total loans
Allowance for loan losses to
non-accrual loans
2.47 %
147 %
0.75 %
64 %
0.83 %
501 %
2.90 %
1.47 %
1.53 %
5.20 %
50 %
189 %
48 %
228 %
1 Total excludes $4.5 million PCI loans that have experienced credit deterioration post-acquisition, which are included in the "purchased credit-impaired" amount in the next line below.
NM Not Meaningful
Page-78
—
—
—
NM
NM
15,678
5,953
$
1,031,154
1.42 %
122 %
Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real
estate, owner-
occupied
Commercial real
estate, investor
Construction
Home
equity
Other
residential
Installment
and other
consumer
Unallocated
Total
As of December 31, 2010:
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance
Provision (reversal)
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Ending balance
$
$
2,544
1,118
(643 )
95
$
1,006
78
(47 )
—
$
3,114
$
1,037
$
3,000
1,134
—
—
4,134
$
$
1,832
2,395
(2,628 )
95
$
586
207
(150 )
—
$
1,694
$
643
$
734
4
—
—
738
$
$
662
471
(318 )
20
835
$
$
254
(57 )
—
—
$
197
$
10,618
5,350
(3,786 )
210
12,392
Ending ALLL related to
loans collectively evaluated for
impairment
Ending ALLL related to
loans individually evaluated for
impairment
$
$
2,447
$
1,037
$
4,134
$
1,691
$
618
$
645
$
545
$
197
$
11,314
667
$
—
$
—
$
3
$
25
$
93
$
290
$
—
$
1,078
Loans outstanding:
Collectively evaluated for
impairment
Individually evaluated for
impairment
$
151,351
$
141,957
$
383,553
$
68,322
$
86,673
$
69,843
$
25,592
$
—
$
927,291
2,485
633
—
9,297
259
148
1,287
Total
$
153,836
$
142,590
$
383,553
$
77,619
$
86,932
$
69,991
$
26,879
$
Ratio of allowance for loan
losses to total loans
Allowance for loan losses to
non-accrual loans
NM Not Meaningful
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
2.02 %
125 %
0.73 %
164 %
1.08 %
2.18 %
0.74 %
1.05 %
3.11 %
NM
18 %
NM
499 %
231 %
—
—
NM
NM
14,109
941,400
$
1.32 %
96 %
We evaluated loans purchased in the Acquisition in accordance with accounting guidance in ASC 310-30 related to loans acquired with deteriorated
credit quality. Acquired loans are considered credit-impaired if there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and it is probable, at
the acquisition date, that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. Management has determined certain loans
purchased in the Acquisition to be PCI loans based on credit indicators such as nonaccrual status, past due status, loan risk grade, loan-to-value ratio,
etc. Revolving credit agreements (e.g. home equity lines of credit and revolving commercial loans) are not considered PCI loans as cash flows cannot be
reasonably estimated.
For acquired loans not considered credit-impaired, the difference between the contractual amounts due (principal amount) and the fair value is
accounted for subsequently through accretion. We elect to recognize discount accretion based on the acquired loan’s contractual cash flows using an
effective interest rate method. The accretion is recognized through the net interest margin.
Page-79
The following table presents the fair value of loans pursuant to accounting standards for purchased credit-impaired loans and other purchased loans as
of the acquisition date:
February 18, 2011
(dollars in thousands)
Contractually required payments including interest
Less: nonaccretable difference
Cash flows expected to be collected (undiscounted)
Accretable yield
Fair value of purchased loans
$
$
Purchased
credit-impaired
loans
24,316
(13,044 )
$
11,272
(1,902 )
Other purchased
loans
69,702
—
69,702
(17,307 ) 1
$
9,370
$
52,395
$
Total
94,018
(13,044 )
80,974
(19,209 )
61,765
1 $5.8 million of the $17.3 million represents the difference between the contractual principal amounts due and the fair value. This discount is to be accreted to interest income over the remaining lives of the
loans. The remaining $11.5 million is the contractual interest to be earned over the life of the loans.
For the PCI loans, the accretable yield initially represents the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over the fair value of the
loans at the acquisition date, and is accreted into interest income over the estimated remaining life of the purchased credit-impaired loans using the
effective yield method, provided that the timing and amount of future cash flows is reasonably estimable. The accretable yield is affected by:
(1) Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans – Expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular
evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;
(2) Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans which may change the amount of interest income, and
possibly principal, expected to be collected; and
(3) Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook
and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows
expected to be collected.
When the timing and/or amounts of expected cash flows on such loans are not reasonably estimable, no interest is accreted and the loan is reported as
a non-accrual loan; otherwise, if the timing and amounts of expected cash flows for purchased credit-impaired loans are reasonably estimable, then
interest is accreted and the loans are reported as performing loans. The initial estimated cash flows expected to be collected are updated each quarter
based on current assumptions regarding default rates, loss severities, and other factors that are reflective of current market conditions. Probable
decreases in expected cash flows after acquisition result in the recognition of impairment, which would be recorded as a specific allowance for loan
losses or a charge-off to the allowance. Probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any related allowance for loan
losses and any remaining increases would be recognized prospectively as interest income over the estimated remaining lives of the loans. The impact of
changes in variable interest rates is recognized prospectively as adjustments to interest income.
The non-accretable difference represents the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows,
and also reflects the estimated credit losses in the acquired loan portfolio at the acquisition date and can fluctuate due to changes in expected cash
flows during the life of the PCI loans.
The following table reflects the outstanding balance and related carrying value of PCI loans as of the acquisition date (February 18, 2011), December 31,
2011 and 2012:
PCI Loans
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Total purchased credit-impaired loans
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
February 18, 2011
Unpaid principal
balance
Carrying value
Unpaid principal
balance
Carrying value
Unpaid principal
balance
Carrying value
$
$
2,163
6,370
8,533
$
$
640
3,909
4,549
$
$
$
3,168
9,466
12,634
$
1,116
4,837
5,953
$
$
$
10,860
10,139
20,999
$
3,706
5,664
9,370
Page-80
The activities in the accretable yield, or income expected to be earned, for PCI loans were as follows:
Accretable Yield
(dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
Additions
Removals 1
Accretion
Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference 2
Balance at end of period
$
Years ended
December 31, 2012 December 31, 2011
$
—
1,902
(1,019)
5,405 $
—
(1,221)
(1,641)
1,417
3,960 $
(1,418)
5,940
5,405
1 Represents the accretable difference that is relieved when a loan exits the PCI population due to payoff, full charge-off, or transfer to repossessed assets, etc.
2 Primarily relates to improvements in expected credit performance and changes in expected timing of cash flows.
Pledged Loans
Our FHLB line of credit is secured under terms of a blanket collateral agreement by a pledge of certain qualifying loans with an unpaid principal balance
of $567.8 million and $547.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our FHLB line of credit totaled $321.3 million and $261.2 million at
December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, we pledge a certain residential loan portfolio, which totaled $30.1 million and $41.2 million at
December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to secure our borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). Also see Note 8 below.
Related Party Loans
The Bank has, and expects to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of its business with directors, officers, principal
stockholders and their associates. These transactions, including loans, are granted on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us. Likewise, these transactions do not
involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
An analysis of net loans to related parties for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:
(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
Additions
Advances
Repayments
Reclassified as unrelated-party loan
Balance at end of year
$
$
2012
6,866 $
826
3
(2,730)
(1,540)
3,425 $
2011
6,997 $
1,690
43
(1,864)
—
6,866 $
2010
7,401
95
—
(499)
—
6,997
The undisbursed commitment to related parties was $328 thousand as of December 31, 2012.
Page-81
Note 5: Bank Premises and Equipment
A summary of Bank premises and equipment at December 31 follows:
(in thousands)
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Subtotal
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Bank premises and equipment, net
$
$
2012
12,116 $
7,402
19,518
(10,174 )
9,344 $
2011
11,719
9,591
21,310
(11,812 )
9,498
The amount of depreciation and amortization was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010,
respectively.
We contracted with a construction company managed and owned by a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank and Bancorp for the construction
of leasehold improvements to our main office and two branch offices. During 2012 and 2010, we paid $29 thousand and $752 thousand, respectively, for
these improvements.
Note 6: Bank Owned Life Insurance
We have purchased ninety-two life insurance policies on the lives of certain officers designated by the Board of Directors to finance employee benefit
programs as of December 31, 2012. Death benefits provided under the specific terms of these programs are estimated to be $50.9 million at
December 31, 2012 and the benefits to employees' beneficiaries are limited to the employee's active service period. The investment in the Bank owned
life insurance (“BOLI”) policies are reported in interest receivable and other assets at their cash surrender value of $22.7 million and $21.6 million at
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The cash surrender value includes both the original premiums we paid in the life insurance
policies and the accumulated accretion of policy income since inception of the policies. Income of $762 thousand, $752 thousand and $690 thousand
was recognized on the life insurance policies in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is reported in other non-interest income. The income is net of
mortality costs recognized, which totaled $153 thousand, $132 thousand and $113 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. We regularly monitor the credit ratings of our four insurance carriers to ensure that they are in compliance with our policy.
Note 7: Deposits
Total time deposits were $156.8 million and $198.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Of these amounts, $114.7 million and $151.6
million represented time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest on time deposits was $1.2 million, $1.6
million and $2.3 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Scheduled maturities of these deposits at December 31, 2012 are presented as follows:
(in thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Thereafter
Total
Scheduled maturities of time deposits $101,988
$11,267
$8,304
$20,659
$14,454
$102
$156,774
We offer the CDARS® deposit product, short for Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service. Through CDARS®, we may accept deposits in excess
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured maximum from a depositor and place the deposits through a network to other member
banks in increments of less than the FDIC insured maximum to provide the depositor full FDIC insurance coverage. When we receive an equal dollar
amount of deposits from other member banks in exchange for the deposits we place into the network, we record these as CDARS® deposits. At
December 31, 2012 and 2011, CDARS® deposits totaled $15.7 million and $46.6 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2012, $47.0 million in securities held-to-maturity and no securities available-for-sale were pledged as collateral for our local agency
deposits.
Page-82
The aggregate amount of deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances was $276 thousand and $255 thousand at December 31, 2012
and 2011, respectively. Collectability of these overdrafts is subject to the same credit review process as the other loans.
The Bank accepts deposits from shareholders, directors and employees in the normal course of business, and the terms are comparable to those with
non-affiliated parties. The total deposits from directors and their businesses, and executive officers were $7.3 million at both December 31, 2012 and
2011.
Note 8: Borrowings
Federal Funds Purchased – We had unsecured lines of credit totaling $87.0 million and $77.0 million with correspondent banks for overnight borrowings
at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In general, interest rates on these lines approximate the Federal funds target rate. At December 31,
2012 and December 31, 2011, we had no overnight borrowings outstanding under these credit facilities. The maximum amount outstanding at any month
end for overnight borrowings was also zero in both 2012 and 2011.
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings – As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had lines of credit with the FHLB totaling $321.3 million
and $261.2 million, respectively, based on eligible collateral of certain loans. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had no FHLB
overnight borrowings.
On February 5, 2008, we entered into a ten-year borrowing agreement under the same FHLB line of credit for $15.0 million at a fixed rate of 2.07%,
which remained outstanding at December 31, 2012. Interest-only payments are required every three months until the entire principal is due on February
5, 2018. The FHLB has the unconditional right to accelerate the due date on May 5, 2013 and every three months thereafter (the “put dates”). If the
FHLB exercises its right to accelerate the due date, the FHLB will offer replacement funding at the current market rate, subject to certain conditions.
We must comply with the put date, but are not required to accept replacement funding.
On December 16, 2008, we entered into a five-year borrowing agreement under the FHLB line of credit for $20.0 million at a fixed rate of 2.54%. On
September 19, 2011, we prepaid the $20.0 million borrowing to reduce our excess liquidity that resulted from strong deposit growth. The prepayment
penalty of $924 thousand was recorded as interest expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
On January 23, 2009, we entered into a three-year borrowing agreement under the FHLB line of credit for $20.0 million at a fixed rate of 2.29%. On
January 23, 2012, the borrowing matured and was paid off.
At December 31, 2012, $306.3 million was remaining as available for borrowing from the FHLB. The FHLB overnight borrowing and the FHLB line of
credit are secured by a certain loan portfolio under a blanket lien.
Federal Reserve Line of Credit – We have a line of credit with the FRB secured by a certain residential loan portfolio. At December 31, 2012 and
December 31, 2011, we had borrowing capacity under this line totaling $30.1 million and $41.2 million, respectively, and had no outstanding borrowings
with the FRB.
Subordinated Debt – On September 17, 2004, we issued a 15-year, $5.0 million subordinated debenture. Interest-only payments were to be paid
quarterly until maturity on September 17, 2019. The interest rate on the debenture changed quarterly at the three-month LIBOR plus 2.48%. The
debenture was subordinated to the claims of depositors and our other creditors. We had the right to repay the debenture, in whole or in part, on any
interest payment date. We paid off the subordinated debenture entirely on September 17, 2012 without prepayment penalty and accelerated the
unamortized debt issuance cost of $42 thousand in the third quarter of 2012.
Borrowings at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:
(in thousands)
FHLB fixed-rate borrowings
Subordinated debenture
Carrying
Value
15,000 $
— $
$
$
2012
Average
Balance
16,205
3,552
Average
Rate
2.09 % $
4.21 % 2 $
Carrying
Value
35,000 $
5,000 $
2011
Average
Balance
49,722
5,000
Average
Rate
4.15 % 1
2.90 %
1 Amount includes the impact of the $924 thousand prepayment penalty in 2011 discussed above.
2 Amount includes the impact of the $42 thousand accelerated unamortized debt issuance cost in 2012 discussed above.
Page-83
Note 9: Stockholders' Equity and Stock Option Plans
Preferred Stock
Under the United States Department of the Treasury Capital Purchase Program (the “TCPP”), which was intended to stabilize and inject liquidity into the
financial industry, on December 5, 2008, Bancorp issued to the U.S. Treasury 28,000 shares of senior preferred stock with a zero par value and a
$1,000 per share liquidation preference, along with a warrant to purchase 154,242 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $27.23, in
exchange for aggregate consideration of $28.0 million. The proceeds of $28.0 million were allocated between the preferred stock and the warrant with
$27.0 million allocated to preferred stock and $961 thousand allocated to the warrant, based on their relative fair value at the time of issuance. The
warrant was immediately exercisable and expires 10 years after the issuance date.
Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which allows participants in the TCPP to withdraw from the program, we repurchased all
28,000 shares of outstanding preferred stock from the U.S. Treasury at $28 million plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $179 thousand on March 31,
2009. At the time of repurchase, we also accelerated the remaining accretion of the preferred stock totaling $945 thousand through retained earnings,
reducing our net income available to common stockholders. The warrant was subsequently auctioned to two institutional investors in November 2011
and remains outstanding. It is adjusted for cash dividend increases to represent a right to purchase 155,487 shares of common stock at $27.01 per
share as of December 31, 2012 in accordance with Section 13(c) of the Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock.
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2012, Bancorp was authorized to issue fifteen million shares of common stock with no par value.
Share-Based Awards
On May 11, 2010, our shareholders approved the 2010 Director Stock Plan to pay director fees in shares of Bancorp common stock up to 150,000
shares. In 2012 and 2011, our directors were awarded a total of 5,270 and 5,590 common shares, respectively from the 2010 Director Stock Plan in
addition to their cash compensation. As of December 31, 2012, 135,850 shares were available for future grants under this plan.
On May 8, 2007, the 2007 Equity Plan was approved by the Bank shareholders. The 2007 Equity Plan was subsequently adopted by Bancorp as part of
the holding company formation. All new share-based awards from the approval date forward are granted through the 2007 Equity Plan.
The 2007 Equity Plan provides financial incentives for selected employees, advisors and non-employee directors. Terms of the plan provide for the
issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock for these employees, advisors and non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2012, there were
298,159 shares available for future grants under the 2007 Equity Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has the discretion to
determine which employees, advisors and non-employee directors will receive an award, the timing of awards, the vesting schedule for each award, the
type of award to be granted, the number of shares of Bancorp stock to be subject to each option and restricted stock award, and any other terms and
conditions. In 2012 and 2011, there were no common shares awarded to directors from the 2007 Equity plan.
Effective July 1, 2007, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby our employees may purchase Bancorp common shares through payroll
deductions of between one percent and fifteen percent of pay in each pay period. Shares are purchased quarterly at a five percent discount from the
closing market price on the last day of the quarter. The plan calls for 200,000 common shares to be set aside for employee purchases, and there were
195,316 shares available for future grants under the plan as of December 31, 2012.
We also have the 1999 Stock Option Plan for certain full-time employees and directors who have substantial responsibility for the successful operation
of the Bank. Stock options granted pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan were subsequently adopted by Bancorp as part of the holding company
formation. Stock options under that plan now relate to shares of common stock of Bancorp. Upon approval of the 2007 Equity Plan, no new awards were
granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan.
Page-84
Options are issued at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock at the date of grant. Options to officers and employees granted prior to
January 1, 2006 vested 20% immediately and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date for four years. Options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006
and restricted stock vested 20% on each anniversary of the grant date for five years. All officer and employee options expire ten years from the grant
date. Options granted to non-employee directors vest 20% immediately and 20% on each anniversary of the grant date for four years. Director options
expire seven years from the grant date.
A summary of activity for stock options for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is presented below. The intrinsic value is calculated as
the number of in-the-money options times the difference between the market price of our stock as of each year end presented and the exercise prices of
the in-the-money options.
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009
Granted
Cancelled, expired or forfeited
Exercised
Options outstanding at December 31, 2010
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2010
Options outstanding at December 31, 2010
Granted
Cancelled, expired or forfeited
Exercised
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2011
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011
Granted
Cancelled, expired or forfeited
Exercised
Options outstanding at December 31, 2012
Exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2012
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
as of year-end
(in thousands)
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
27.54 $
32.74
31.41
17.92
29.27
2,016 $
67
78
782
1,828
29.12
29.27
37.76
29.28
21.22
30.71
30.64
30.71
38.18
31.51
27.70
31.73
31.15
1,330
1,828
3
6
534
2,068
1,579
2,068
—
4
400
1,661
1,372
8.10
9.01
8.31
6.70
8.39
8.84
8.39
11.19
7.07
7.51
8.66
8.81
8.66
9.82
8.00
8.19
8.82
8.77
5.43
—
—
—
5.18
4.30
5.18
—
—
—
4.70
3.82
4.70
—
—
—
4.43
3.39
Number of
Shares
359,795 $
29,601
(21,652 )
(49,940 )
317,804
225,246
317,804
17,585
(670 )
(34,913 )
299,806
226,989
299,806
23,930
(640 )
(37,563 )
285,533
217,232
Page-85
The following table summarizes non-vested share-based awards at December 31, 2012, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Non-vested awards at December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested awards at December 31, 2012
Options
Restricted Stock
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
8.18
9.82
7.63
8.00
8.98
Number of
Shares
72,817 $
23,930
(27,806 )
(640 )
68,301 $
Number of
Shares
18,165 $
9,030
(5,205 )
(380 )
21,610 $
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
30.52
38.18
29.17
30.05
34.05
As of December 31, 2012, there was $984 thousand of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock options and restricted
stock. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. The total grant-date fair value of option
shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $212 thousand, $270 thousand and $284 thousand, respectively. The
total grant-date fair value of restricted stock vested during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $152 thousand, $115 thousand and $90 thousand respectively.
A summary of the options outstanding and exercisable by price range as of December 31, 2012 is presented in the following table:
Stock Options Outstanding as of December 31, 2012
Stock Options Exercisable as of December 31, 2012
Range of Exercise Prices
$15.01 - $20.00
$20.01 - $25.00
$25.01 - $30.00
$30.01 - $35.00
$35.01 - $40.00
Stock Options
Outstanding
1,236
25,464
61,039
120,281
77,513
285,533
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
0.3 $
6.3 $
2.5 $
3.6 $
6.7 $
4.4 $
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
17.20
22.25
27.12
33.02
36.70
31.73
Stock Options
Exercisable
1,236 $
13,104 $
57,379 $
105,910 $
39,603 $
217,232
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
17.20
22.25
27.01
33.05
35.44
31.15
The fair value of stock options on the grant date is recorded as a stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive
income over the requisite service period with a corresponding increase in common stock. Stock-based compensation also includes compensation
expense related to the issuance of unvested restricted common shares pursuant to the 2007 Equity Plan. The grant-date fair value of the restricted
common shares, which equals its intrinsic value on that date, is being recorded as compensation expense over the requisite service period with a
corresponding increase in common stock as the shares vest. In addition, we record excess tax benefits on the exercise of non-qualified stock options,
the disqualifying disposition of incentive stock options and vesting of restricted stock as an addition to common stock with a corresponding decrease in
current taxes payable.
We determine the fair value of stock options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant
date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate
over the expected life of the option.
The weighted average assumptions used in the pricing model are noted in the table below. The expected term of options granted is derived from
historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the
option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common
stock.
Page-86
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield on common stock
Expected life in years
Expected price volatility
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Year ended
1.60 %
1.78 %
7.0
28.70 %
2.77 %
1.69 %
7.5
28.92 %
2.94 %
1.85 %
6.7
28.20 %
The fair value of the option is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated and expense is recognized only for
those shares expected to vest. The estimated forfeiture rate over the life of the options, based on historical forfeiture experience, was 7.5% in 2012,
7.5% in 2011 and 5.0% in 2010.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the stock based award and
stock price volatility. The assumptions listed above represent Management's best estimates based on historical information, but these estimates involve
inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, the recorded share-based
compensation expense could have been materially different from that reflected in these financial statements. If the actual forfeiture rate is materially
different from the estimate, the share-based compensation expense could also be materially different.
Dividends
Presented below is a summary of cash dividends paid to common shareholders, recorded as a reduction of retained earnings.
(in thousands except per share data)
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Cash dividends to common stockholders
$
Cash dividends per common share
3,751 $
0.70
3,457 $
0.65
December 31, 2010
3,205
0.61
Years ended
The holders of the unvested restricted common shares are entitled to dividends on the same per-share ratio as the holders of common stock. Dividends
paid on the portion of share-based awards not expected to vest are also included in stock-based compensation expense. Tax benefits on dividends paid
on the portion of share-based awards expected to vest are recorded as an increase to common stock with a corresponding decrease in current taxes
payable.
Under the California Corporations Code effective January 1, 2012, payment of dividends by Bancorp is restricted to the amount of retained earnings
immediately prior to the distribution or the amount of assets that exceeds the total liabilities immediately after the distribution. As of December 31,
2012, Bancorp's retained earnings and the amount of assets that exceeds the total liabilities were $91.2 million and $151.8 million, respectively.
Under the California Financial Code, payment of dividends by the Bank to Bancorp is restricted to the lesser of retained earnings or the amount of
undistributed net profits of the Bank from the three most recent fiscal years. Under this restriction, approximately $42.6 million of the Bank's retained
earnings balance was available for payment of dividends to Bancorp as of December 31, 2012. Bancorp holds $1.3 million in cash at December 31,
2012. This cash, combined with the $42.6 million dividends available to be distributed (discussed above), is expected to be adequate to cover Bancorp's
estimated operational needs and cash dividends to shareholders for 2013.
Shareholder Rights Plan
On July 2, 2007, Bancorp executed a shareholder rights agreement (“Rights Agreement”) designed to discourage takeovers that involve abusive tactics
or do not provide fair value to shareholders. As of December 31, 2012, Bancorp was also authorized to issue five million shares of preferred stock with
no par value under the Rights Agreement. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Bancorp that the Board of
Directors does not approve, it might be possible for the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of shares of common or preferred stock that would
impede the completion of such a transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of common
Page-87
or preferred stock, therefore, may be to deter a future takeover attempt. The Board of Directors has no present plans or understandings for the issuance
of any common or preferred stock.
Refer to Exhibit 4.1 Registration Statement on Form 8-A12B filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2007.
Note 10: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
Fair Value Hierarchy and Fair Value Measurement
We group our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in three levels within the fair value hierarchy, based on the markets in which the
assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
Level 1: Valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are
readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not involve a significant degree of judgment.
Level 2: Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets
that are not active and model-based valuations for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Valuations are based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the
assets or liabilities. Values are determined using pricing models and discounted cash flow models and include management judgment and estimation
which may be significant.
The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities that were required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.
(in thousands)
Description of Financial Instruments
At December 31, 2012:
Securities available-for-sale:
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies
Debentures of government-sponsored agencies
Privately-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
Derivative financial assets (interest rate contracts)
Derivative financial liabilities (interest rate contracts)
At December 31, 2011:
Securities available-for-sale:
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies
Debentures of government-sponsored agencies
Privately-issued collateralized mortgage obligations
Derivative financial liabilities (interest rate contracts)
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Carrying
Value
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
111,797
20,589
21,576
1
5,240
$
$
$
$
$
108,857
8,050
18,197
5,052
$
$
$
$
Page-88
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
$
111,797
20,589
21,576
1
5,240
$
$
$
$
$
108,857
8,050
18,197
5,052
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, quoted market prices (Level 1) are used to determine the fair
value of securities available-for-sale. If quoted market prices are not available, we obtain pricing information from a reputable third-party service provider,
who may utilize valuation techniques that use current market-based or independently sourced parameters, such as bid/ask prices, dealer-quoted prices,
interest rates, benchmark yield curves, prepayment speeds, probability of default, loss severity and credit spreads (Level 2). Level 2 securities include
U.S. agencies’ or government sponsored agencies' debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, government agency-issued and privately-issued
collateralized mortgage obligations. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there are no securities that are considered Level 1 or Level 3
securities.
On a recurring basis, derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value, which is based on the income approach using observable Level 2 market
inputs, reflecting market expectations of future interest rates as of the measurement date. Standard valuation techniques are used to calculate the
present value of the future expected cash flows assuming an orderly transaction. Valuation adjustments may be made to reflect both our own credit risk
and the counterparties’ credit quality in determining the fair value of the derivatives. Level 2 inputs for the valuations are limited to observable market
prices for London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) cash rates (for the very short term), quoted prices for LIBOR futures contracts, observable market
prices for LIBOR swap rates, and one-month and three-month LIBOR basis spreads at commonly quoted intervals. Mid-market pricing of the inputs is
used as a practical expedient in the fair value measurements. Key inputs for interest rate valuations are used to project spot rates at resets specified
by each swap, as well as to discount those future cash flows to present value at the measurement date. When the value of any collateral placed with
counterparties is less than the interest rate derivative liability, the interest rate liability position is further discounted to reflect our potential credit risk to
counterparties. We have used the spread between the Standard & Poors BBB rated U.S. Bank Composite rate and LIBOR with maturity term
corresponding to the duration of the swaps to calculate this credit-risk-related discount of future cash flows.
Certain financial assets may be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are subject to fair value adjustments that result from the
application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets, such as other real estate owned. For example, when a loan is
identified as impaired, it is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, measured based on the loan's observable market price (Level 1) or the current net
realizable value of the underlying collateral securing the loan, if the loan is collateral dependent (Level 3). Significant unobservable inputs such as
appraisals, recent comparable sales or offered prices are factored in when valuing these collaterals. Securities held-to-maturity may be written down to
fair value (determined using the same techniques discussed above for securities available-for-sale) as a result of an other-than-temporary impairment, if
any.
The following table presents the carrying value of financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and that were still held in
the statements of condition at each respective period end, by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
(in thousands)
Description of Financial Instruments
Carrying
Value
At December 31, 2012:
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3) 1
Impaired loans carried at fair value
$
5,574 $
— $
— $
5,574
At December 31, 2011:
Impaired loans carried at fair value
$
5,269 $
— $
— $
5,269
1 Represents collateral-dependent loan principal balances that had been generally written down to the values of the underlying collateral, net of specific valuation allowance of $729
thousand and $1.4 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The carrying value of loans fully charged-off, which includes unsecured lines of credit,
overdrafts and all other loans, is zero.
Page-89
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, excluding financial instruments
recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (summarized in the first table in this note). The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the
consolidated statements of condition under the indicated captions. We have excluded non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities defined by the
Codification (ASC 820-10-15-1A), such as Bank premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities. In addition, we have not disclosed the fair
value of financial instruments specifically excluded from disclosure requirements of the Financial Instruments Topic of the Codification (ASC 825-10-50-
8), such as Bank-owned life insurance policies.
(in thousands)
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Loans, net
Interest receivable
Financial liabilities
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Subordinated debenture
Interest payable
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Carrying
Amounts
28,349 $
139,452
1,060,291
5,073
1,253,289
15,000
—
225
Fair Value
28,349
142,231
1,111,355
5,073
1,254,713
15,989
—
225
Fair Value
Hierarchy
Carrying
Amounts
Fair Value
Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level 1 $
Level 2
Level 3
Level 2
129,743 $
59,738
1,016,515
4,638
129,743
62,185
1,053,762
4,638
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
1,202,972
35,000
5,000
381
1,203,974
36,256
4,759
381
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Following is a description of methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument not recorded at fair value but
required for disclosure purposes:
Cash and Cash Equivalents - The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short-term nature of these
instruments.
Held-to-maturity Securities - Held-to-maturity securities, which generally consist of obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate bonds,
are recorded at their amortized cost. Their fair value for disclosure purposes is determined using methodologies similar to those described above for
available-for-sale securities using Level 2 inputs. If Level 2 inputs are not available, we may utilize pricing models that incorporate unobservable inputs
that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities (Level 3). As of December 31, 2012
and 2011, we did not hold any securities whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.
Loans - The fair value of loans with variable interest rates approximates their current carrying value, because their rates are regularly adjusted to current
market rates. The fair value of fixed rate loans or variable loans at negotiated interest rate floors or ceilings with remaining maturities in excess of one
year is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current market rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit
worthiness and similar remaining maturities. The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL”) is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount due to
credit risks.
Interest Receivable and Payable - The interest receivable and payable balances approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of their
settlement dates.
Page-90
Deposits - The fair value of non-interest bearing deposits, interest bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts is the
amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current rates
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings - The fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current rates offered by the Federal Home
Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLB") for similar credit advances corresponding to the remaining duration of our fixed-rate credit advances.
Subordinated Debenture - The fair value of the subordinated debenture was estimated by discounting the future cash flows (interest payment at a rate of
three-month LIBOR plus 2.48%) using current market rates at which similar bonds would be issued with similar credit ratings as ours and similar
remaining maturities. We used the spread of the seven-year BBB rated U.S. Bank Composite over LIBOR to calculate this credit-risk-related discount of
future cash flows at December 31, 2011. The subordinated debenture was paid off in September 2012.
Commitments - Loan commitments and standby letters of credit generate ongoing fees, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period.
In situations where the borrower's credit quality has declined, we record a reserve for these off-balance sheet commitments. Given the uncertainty in the
likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, a reasonable estimate of the fair value of these commitments is the carrying value of the
related unamortized loan fees plus the reserve, which is not material.
Note 11: Benefit Plans
In 2003, we established a Deferred Compensation Plan that allows certain key management personnel designated by the Board of Directors of the Bank
to defer up to 80% of their salary and 100% of their annual bonus. The Plan was amended in 2007 in order to comply with the most recent Internal
Revenue Code Section 409A changes. Under the amended plan, amounts deferred earn interest that is equal to the prime rate on the first business day
of the year, which remained unchanged at 3.25% for the past three years. Our deferred compensation obligation of $2.7 million at both December 31,
2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in interest payable and other liabilities.
Our 401(k) Defined Contribution Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) commenced in May 1990 and is available to all regular employees at least eighteen years of
age who complete ninety days of service, and enter the plan during one of the four open enrollment dates (January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1) of
each year. Under this plan employees can defer between 1% and 50% of their eligible compensation, up to the maximum amount allowed by the
Internal Revenue Code. The Bank will match 50% of each participant's contribution up to $4 thousand annually. Employer contributions totaled $432
thousand, $366 thousand and $277 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
In 1999, the 401(k) Plan was amended to include an employee stock ownership component and was renamed the Bank of Marin Employee Stock
Ownership and Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Under the terms of the Plan, as amended, the Board of Directors determines a specific portion of the Bank's
profits to be contributed to the ESOP each year either in common stock or in cash for the purchase of Bancorp stock to be allocated to all eligible
employees based on a set percentage of their salaries, regardless of whether an employee is participating in the 401(k) plan or not. For the years ended
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Bank contributed cash in the amount of $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $898 thousand, respectively, to the
ESOP, which purchased Bancorp stock from the open market or private parties who are diversifying their portfolio or taking distributions. Contributions
to the Plan for both the 401(k) employer matching contribution and for the ESOP are included in salaries and benefits expenses and vested at a rate of
20% per year over a five-year period. As of December 31, 2012, cash dividends on Bancorp's stock held by the Plan are used to purchase additional
shares in the open market. All shares of the Bancorp's stock held by the Plan are included in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share.
In January 2010, the Plan was bifurcated into a separate 401(k) Plan and a separate ESOP Plan. The same eligibility criteria and employer contribution
allocation apply under the ESOP Plan, while employees' contributions are not permitted. For participants who join the ESOP on or after January 1,
2010, employer contributions vest 0% in year one, 20% in years two through four and 40% in year five.
On January 1, 2011, we established a Salary Continuation Plan to a select group of executive management, who will receive twenty-five percent of their
salary continuation benefit payments upon retirement. Each participant will need to participate in this plan for five years before vesting begins. After five
years, the participant will vest ratable in the
Page-91
benefit over the remaining period until age 65. This Plan is unfunded and nonqualified for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Our liability under the Salary Continuation Plan was $326 thousand and $114 thousand recorded in interest
payable and other liabilities at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
Note 12: Income Taxes
The current and deferred components of the income tax provision for each of the three years ended December 31 are as follows:
(in thousands)
Current tax provision
Federal
State
Total current
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
Federal
State
Total deferred
Total income tax provision
2012
2011
$
$
7,994 $
2,875
10,869
(4 )
26
22
10,891 $
7,045 $
2,635
9,680
(205 )
(284 )
(489 )
9,191 $
2010
6,602
2,293
8,895
(503 )
(221 )
(724 )
8,171
Income taxes related to changes in the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recorded directly to other comprehensive income
in stockholders' equity and are not included above. These income tax liabilities amounted to $330 thousand, $37 thousand, and $672 thousand in 2012,
2011 and 2010, respectively.
The following table shows the tax effect of our cumulative temporary differences as of December 31:
(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses and off-balance sheet credit commitments
$
Deferred Compensation Plan and Salary Continuation Plan
State franchise tax
Accrued but unpaid expenses
Stock-based compensation
Deferred rent and other
Core deposit intangible asset
Total gross deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Loan origination costs
Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
Depreciation and disposals on premises and equipment
Accretion on loans and investment securities
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
2012
5,955 $
1,271
1,000
957
259
571
266
10,279
(1,052 )
(1,488 )
(637 )
(449 )
(3,626 )
2011
6,388
1,195
912
188
254
502
287
9,726
(760 )
(1,158 )
(778 )
(25 )
(2,721 )
Net deferred tax assets
$
6,653 $
7,005
Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods during which the deferred tax assets are
expected to be deductible, Management believes it is more likely than not we will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, no valuation
allowance has been established as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.
Page-92
The effective tax rate for 2012, 2011 and 2010 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows:
Federal statutory income tax rate
Increase (decrease) due to:
California franchise tax, net of federal tax benefit
Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans
Tax exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance
Stock based compensation
Other
Effective Tax Rate
2012
35.0 %
6.5 %
(2.9 )%
(0.9 )%
0.1 %
0.1 %
37.9 %
2011
35.0 %
6.2 %
(2.8 )%
(1.1 )%
0.1 %
(0.3 )%
37.1 %
2010
35.0 %
6.1 %
(2.7 )%
(1.1 )%
0.2 %
0.1 %
37.6 %
Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined return in the State of California tax jurisdiction. Prior to the
formation of Bancorp in 2007, the Bank filed in the U.S. Federal and California jurisdictions on a stand-alone basis. We are no longer subject to tax
examinations by taxing authorities for years beginning before 2009 for U.S. Federal or before 2008 for California. There were no federal or state income
tax examinations at the issuance of this report.
In 2012, the California Franchise Tax Board ("FTB") examined our 2009 and 2010 corporation income tax returns. We have received the final notice of
proposed adjustments and paid $80 thousand in connection with the enterprise zone net interest deduction in the fourth quarter of 2012.
We had no reserve for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2012 or 2011. We do not anticipate providing a reserve for uncertain tax positions in the
next twelve months. We have elected to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. At December 31, 2012, 2011
and 2010, neither the Bank nor Bancorp had an accrual for interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies
We rent certain premises and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through the year 2024. Most of the
leases contain certain renewal options and escalation clauses. At December 31, 2012, the approximate minimum future commitments payable under
non-cancelable contracts for leased premises are as follows:
(in thousands)
Operating leases
2013
2,911 $
2014
2,806 $
2015
2,881 $
2016
2,964 $
2017
2,986 $
Thereafter
12,109 $
Total
26,657
$
Rent expense included in occupancy expense totaled $3.3 million, $3.1 million and $2.9 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
We may be party to legal actions which arise from time to time as part of the normal course of our business. We believe, after consultation with legal
counsel, that we have meritorious defenses in these actions, and that litigation contingency liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
We are responsible for our proportionate share of certain litigation indemnifications provided to Visa U.S.A. by its member banks in connection with
lawsuits related to anti-trust charges and interchange fees. On July 13, 2012, Visa U.S.A. signed a memorandum of understanding to enter into a
settlement agreement to resolve the Class Plaintiffs' claims and an agreement in principle to resolve the Individual Plaintiffs' claims in the same multi-
district interchange litigation. The settlement includes a cash payment through further reduction in conversion rate of Visa Class B shares by member
banks and a ten basis point reduction in credit card interchange rates for eight months. A number of procedural steps remain before this settlement can
become final and the full impact to member banks like us is still uncertain. However, we are not aware of significant future cash settlement payments
required by us on the litigation and the ten basis point reduction in credit card interchange fees for us is not expected to be material.
Page-93
As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations to indemnify our current
and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These
indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct was unlawful. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is
unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts
paid. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal.
Note 14: Concentrations of Credit Risk
Concentration of credit risk is the risk associated with a lack of diversification, such as having substantial investments in a few individual issuers,
thereby exposing us to greater risks resulting from adverse economic, political, regulatory, geographic, industrial or credit developments. Financial
instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investment securities and loans.
Our cash in correspondent bank accounts, at times, may exceed FDIC insured limits. We place cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial
institutions, periodically monitor their credit worthiness and limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. Concentrations of credit risk
with respect to investment securities are limited to the U.S. Government, its agencies and Government Sponsored Enterprises. Our exposure, which
primarily results from positions in securities available-for-sale issued and sponsored by the U.S. Government, and its agencies, was $132.3 million, or
45% of our total investment portfolio at December 31, 2012 and $116.9 million, or 60% at December 31, 2011. The second largest concentration was
obligations of state and political subdivisions in California which consist of $51.0 million, or 17% of our total investment portfolio at December 31, 2012
and $22.5 million, or 12% at December 31, 2011.
We also manage our credit exposure related to our loan portfolio to avoid the risk of undue concentration of credits in a particular industry by reducing
significant exposure to highly leveraged transactions or to any individual customer or counterparty, and by obtaining collateral as appropriate. No
individual borrower accounts for more than 5% of loans held in the portfolio. The largest loan concentration group by industry of the borrowers is real
estate, which account for 78% and 76% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Note 15: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
We have entered into interest rate swap agreements, primarily as an asset/liability management strategy, in order to mitigate the changes in the fair
value of specified long-term fixed-rate loans (or firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans) caused by changes in interest rates. These
hedges allow us to offer long-term fixed rate loans to customers without assuming the interest rate risk of a long-term asset. Converting our fixed-rate
interest stream to a floating-rate interest stream, generally benchmarked to the one-month U.S. dollar LIBOR index, protects us against changes in the
fair value of our loans otherwise associated with fluctuating interest rates.
The fixed-rate payment features of the interest rate swap agreements are generally structured at inception to mirror substantially all of the provisions of
the hedged loan agreements. These interest rate swaps, designated and qualified as fair value hedges, are carried on the consolidated statements of
condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). One of our interest rate
swap agreements qualifies for shortcut hedge accounting treatment. The change in fair value of the swap using the shortcut accounting treatment is
recorded in other non-interest income, while the change in fair value of swaps using non-shortcut accounting is recorded in interest income. The
unrealized gain or loss in fair value of the hedged fixed-rate loan due to LIBOR interest rate movements is recorded as an adjustment to the hedged loan
and offset in other non-interest income (for shortcut accounting treatment) or interest income (for non-shortcut accounting treatment).
From time to time, we make firm commitments to enter into long-term fixed-rate loans with borrowers backed by yield maintenance agreements and
simultaneously enter into forward interest rate swap agreements with correspondent banks to mitigate the change in fair value of the yield maintenance
agreement. Prior to loan funding, yield maintenance agreements with net settlement features that meet the definition of a derivative are considered as
non-designated hedges and are carried on the consolidated statements of condition at their fair value in other assets (when the fair value is positive) or in
other liabilities (when the fair value is negative). The offsetting changes in the fair value of the forward swap and the yield maintenance agreement are
recorded in interest income. In June 2007, August 2010 and June 2011, three previously undesignated forward swaps were designated to offset the
change in fair value of a fixed-
Page-94
rate loan originated in each of those periods. Subsequent to the point of the swap designations, the related yield maintenance agreements are no longer
considered derivatives. Their fair value at the designation date was recorded in other assets and is amortized using the effective yield method over the
life of the respective designated loans.
The net effect of the change in fair value of interest rate swaps, the amortization of the yield maintenance agreement and the change in the fair value of
the hedged loans results in an insignificant amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in interest income.
Our credit exposure, if any, on interest rate swaps is limited to the favorable value (net of any collateral pledged to us) and interest payments of all
swaps by each counterparty. Conversely, when an interest rate swap is in a liability position exceeding a certain threshold, we are required to post
collateral to the counterparty in an amount determined by the agreements (generally when our derivative liability position is greater than $100 thousand
or $1.3 million, depending upon the counterparty). Collateral levels are monitored and adjusted on a regular basis for changes in interest rate swap
values. As of December 31, 2012, all but one of our derivative instruments are currently in a liability position totaling $5.2 million and have collateral
requirements, for which we have posted cash collateral of $5.6 million.
As of December 31, 2012, we have ten interest rate swap agreements, which are scheduled to mature in September 2018, April 2019, June 2020,
August 2020, June 2022, June 2031, October 2031, July 2032, August 2037 and October 2037. All of our derivatives are accounted for as fair value
hedges. Our interest rate swaps are settled monthly with counterparties. Accrued interest on the swaps totaled $75 thousand and $72 thousand as of
December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Information on our derivatives follows:
(in thousands)
Fair value hedges
Interest rate contracts notional amount
Interest rate contracts fair value 1
Statement of condition location
Asset derivatives
Liability derivatives
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
$
$
4,932
1
Other assets
Other assets
— $
—
$
38,156
5,240
Other liabilities
34,161
5,052
Other liabilities
(in thousands)
Decrease in value of designated interest rate swaps recognized in interest income
Payment on interest rate swaps recorded in interest income
Increase in value of hedged loans recognized in interest income
Increase in value of yield maintenance agreement recognized against interest income
Net loss on derivatives recognized against interest income 2
Year ended December 31,
2012
(188 ) $
(1,342 )
311
168
(1,051 ) $
2011
(2,582 ) $
(1,076 )
2,436
(14 )
(1,236 ) $
$
$
1 See Note 4 for valuation methodology.
2 Ineffectiveness of $291 thousand, $(160) thousand and $(52) thousand was recorded in interest income during the years December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Changes in value of swaps were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
Page-95
Note 16: Regulatory Matters
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The capital amounts and the Bank’s prompt corrective action classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the
regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not directly applicable to bank holding
companies such as Bancorp.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Bancorp and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios
(set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets.
Capital ratios are reviewed by Management on a regular basis to ensure that capital exceeds the prescribed regulatory minimums and is adequate to
meet our anticipated future needs. For all periods presented, the Bank’s ratios exceed the regulatory definition of “well capitalized” under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action and Bancorp’s ratios exceed the required minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes.
In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as
“Basel III.” These guidelines were developed to address many of the weaknesses in the banking industry that contributed to the past financial crisis,
including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum
capital requirements of bank holding companies, including increasing the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio to 6%, introducing a new
requirement to maintain a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% initially and when fully phased in, a possible
capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of risk weighted assets. In June 2012, the U.S. regulatory bodies issued a set of proposed rules to
implement Basel III that if adopted, would come into effect on January 1, 2013 (subject to phase-in period). A bipartisan letter has been sent to U.S.
regulatory bodies signed by a majority of members of the U.S. Senate urging regulators to consider the impact that Basell III capital standards would
have on "community banks" and the difference between community banks and large, complex financial institutions. In light of the volume of comments
received and the wide range of views expressed during the comment period, the U.S. regulatory bodies decided to postpone the implementation of Basel
III and are taking operational and other considerations into account to determine the appropriate implementation dates and associated transition periods.
As of year end, Basell III has been delayed with no proposed implementation date set. We continue to monitor the development of the proposed rules
and their potential impact. We have modeled our ratios under the proposed rules and we do not expect that we would be required to hold a significantly
larger amount of capital than we currently hold.
The Bank’s and Bancorp’s capital adequacy ratios as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented in the following tables. Our capital
ratios continued to increase in 2012 due to the accumulation of undistributed earnings. In September 2012, the Bank redeemed a $5 million
subordinated debenture that carried a higher cost than our other funding sources and that did not count towards Tier 1 capital under the existing capital
requirements and the Basel III standards.
Capital Ratios for Bancorp (in thousands)
Actual Ratio
Minimum Capital for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
As of December 31, 2012
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
Amount
163,900
149,737
149,737
153,557
133,953
133,953
$
$
$
$
$
$
Page-96
Ratio
13.71%
12.52%
10.30%
Amount
95,655
47,827
58,169
13.13%
11.45%
9.53%
93,552
46,776
56,206
Ratio
8.0%
4.0%
4.0%
8.0%
4.0%
4.0%
Capital Ratios for the Bank (in thousands)
Actual Ratio
Minimum Capital Adequacy
Purposes
Minimum Capital to be Well
Capitalized under Prompt
Corrective Action Provisions
As of December 31, 2012
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
$
$
$
$
$
$
Amount
162,554
148,391
148,391
Ratio
13.60%
12.41%
10.20%
Amount
95,652
47,826
58,168
Ratio
8.0%
4.0%
4.0%
Amount
119,566
71,739
72,710
150,785
131,160
131,160
12.89%
11.22%
9.33%
93,551
46,776
56,206
8.0%
4.0%
4.0%
116,939
70,163
70,257
Page-97
Ratio
10.0%
6.0%
5.0%
10.0%
6.0%
5.0%
Note 17: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
We make commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments
include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to
a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total
commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
We are exposed to credit loss equal to the contract amount of the commitment in the event of nonperformance by the borrower. We use the same credit
policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments and we evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case
basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us, is based on Management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies,
but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and real property.
The contractual amount of loan commitments and standby letters of credit not reflected on the consolidated statements of condition was $250.8 million
at December 31, 2012 at rates ranging from 1.75% to 18.00%. This amount included $141.8 million under commercial lines of credit (these
commitments are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards), $72.6 million under revolving home equity lines, $14.6 million under
standby letters of credit, $12.4 million under undisbursed construction loans, and a remaining $9.4 million under personal and other lines of credit. We
have set aside an allowance for losses in the amount of $502 thousand for these commitments as of December 31, 2012, which is recorded in interest
payable and other liabilities. Approximately 52% of the commitments expire in 2013 and approximately 48% expire between 2014 and 2021.
Page-98
Note 18: Condensed Bank of Marin Bancorp Parent Only Financial Statements
Presented below is financial information for Bank of Marin Bancorp, parent holding company only.
CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
at December 31, 2012 and 2011
(in thousands)
Assets
Cash and due from Bank of Marin
Investment in subsidiary
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Accrued expenses payable
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
$
$
$
$
1,293 $
150,445
92
151,830 $
38 $
38
151,792
151,830 $
2,836
132,759
21
135,616
65
65
135,551
135,616
CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
(in thousands)
Income
Dividends from subsidiary
Total income
Expense
Non-interest expense
Total expense
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of
subsidiary
Income tax benefit
Income before equity in undistributed net income of
subsidiary
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
$
2,700 $
2,700
716
716
1,984
301
2,285
15,532
— $
—
748
748
(748)
249
(499)
16,063
3,000
3,000
713
713
2,287
300
2,587
10,965
13,552
Net income
$
17,817 $
15,564 $
Page-99
CONDENSED UNCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands)
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2010
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating
activities:
$
17,817 $
15,564 $
13,552
Equity in undistributed and distributed net income of subsidiary
(18,231)
(16,063)
(13,965)
Net change in operating assets and liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital contribution to subsidiary
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Stock options exercised and stock purchases
Dividends paid on common stock
Dividends received from subsidiary
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
(71)
(7)
(492)
(1,070)
(1,070)
1,070
(3,751)
2,700
19
(1,543)
2,836
1,293 $
58
46
(395)
(774)
(774)
774
(3,457)
—
(2,683)
(3,852)
6,688
2,836 $
(6)
13
(406)
(912)
(912)
912
(3,205)
3,000
707
(611)
7,299
6,688
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
Stock issued in payment of director fees
199
200
200
End of 2012 Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Page-100
ITEM 9.
None.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(A) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) as of December 31, 2012. Based upon that
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of
December 31, 2012.
The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls
and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Act is
accumulated and communicated to our Management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing
similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures. These limitations include the possibility
of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and reasonable resource constraints. In addition, because we
have designed our system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our
system of controls may not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future conditions. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and
procedures provide reasonable assurance, but not absolute assurance, of achieving their objectives.
(B) Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our Management's report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations to the
effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting. These limitations include the possibility of human error, the circumvention
of overriding of the system and reasonable resource constraints. Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks discussed in
Item 1A-Risk Factors in this report.
Our registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting. See (C) below.
(C) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting firm required to be furnished pursuant to this item is set forth in Item 8 and is
incorporated herein by reference.
(D) Changes in Internal Controls
During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, there was no significant change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in
connection with the evaluation mentioned in (B) above, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.
Page-101
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Bancorp and
the Bank have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. A copy of
the Code of Ethical Conduct, which is also included on our website, will be provided to any person, without charge, upon written request to Corporate
Secretary, Bank of Marin Bancorp, 504 Redwood Boulevard, Suite 100, Novato, CA 94947.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from Item 5 above, Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements and our
Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Page-102
PART IV
ITEM 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(A) Documents Filed as Part of this Report
1. Financial Statements
The financial statements and supplementary data listed below are filed as part of this report under Item 8, captioned Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted, as they are inapplicable or the required information is included in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
Page-103
(B) Exhibits Filed
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by references to filings previously made with the SEC.
Exhibit
Number
2.01
3.01
3.02
4.01
4.02
10.01
10.02
10.03
10.04
10.05
10.06
10.07
10.08
10.09
10.10
Exhibit Description
Modified Whole Bank Purchase and Assumption
Agreement dated February 18, 2011 among Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Charter Oak
Bank, Napa, California, Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and Bank of Marin
Articles of Incorporation, as amended
Bylaws, as amended
Rights Agreement dated as of July 2, 2007
Form of Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common
Stock, as amended
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
1989 Stock Option Plan
1999 Stock Option Plan
2007 Equity Plan
2010 Director Stock Plan
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and
Executive Officers dated August 9, 2007
Form of Employment Agreement dated January 23, 2009
2010 Director Stock Plan
2010 Annual Individual Incentive Compensation Plan
Salary Continuation Agreement with four executive
officers, Russell Colombo, Chief Executive Officer,
Christina Cook, Chief Financial Officer, Kevin Coonan,
Chief Credit Officer, and Peter Pelham, Director of Retail
Banking, dated January 1, 2011
10.11
2007 Form of Change in Control Agreement
10.12
11.01
14.01
23.01
31.01
31.02
Information Technology Services Agreement with Fidelity
Information Services, LLC, dated July 11, 2012
Earnings Per Share Computation - included in Note 1 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
Code of Ethical Conduct
Consent of Moss Adam LLP
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.01
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.01*
XBRL Interactive Data File
Incorporated by Reference
Form
8-K
File No.
Exhibit
Filing Date
Herewith
001-33572
99.2
February 28, 2011
10-Q
10-Q
8-A12B
POS AM S-
3
S-8
S-8
S-8
S-8
S-8
001-33572
001-33572
001-33572
333-156782
333-144810
333-144807
333-144808
333-144809
333-167639
3.01
3.02
4.1
4.4
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
November 7, 2007
May 9, 2011
July 2, 2007
December 20,
2011
July 24, 2007
July 24, 2007
July 24, 2007
July 24, 2007
June 21, 2010
10-Q
001-33572
10.06
November 7, 2007
8-K
S-8
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
001-33572
333-167639
001-33572
001-33572
001-33572
001-33572
10.1
January 26, 2009
4.1
99.1
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.1
10.1
June 21, 2010
October 21, 2010
January 6, 2011
October 31, 2007
July 17, 2012
8-K
001-33572
14.01
January 26, 2008
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Furnished
*
As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933
and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Page-104
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
March 14, 2013
Date
March 14, 2013
Date
March 14, 2013
Date
Bank of Marin Bancorp (registrant)
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
Russell A. Colombo
President &
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Christina J. Cook
Christina J. Cook
Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Cecilia Situ
Cecilia Situ
First Vice President &
Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Page-105
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Dated: March 14, 2013
Members of Bank of Marin Bancorp's Board of Directors
/s/ Joel Sklar
Joel Sklar, M.D.
Chairman of the Board
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
Russell A. Colombo
President & Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Thomas M. Foster
Thomas M. Foster
/s/ Robert Heller
Robert Heller
/s/ Norma J. Howard
Norma J. Howard
/s/ Stuart D. Lum
Stuart D. Lum
/s/ Joseph D. Martino
Joseph D. Martino
/s/ William H. McDevitt, Jr.
William H. McDevitt, Jr.
/s/ Brian M. Sobel
Brian M. Sobel
/s/ J. Dietrich Stroeh
J. Dietrich Stroeh
/s/ Jan I. Yanehiro
Jan I. Yanehiro
/s/ Michaela Rodeno
Michaela Rodeno
Page-106
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
Description
23.01
Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
Location
Filed herewith.
31.01
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as
adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
31.02
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as
adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Filed herewith.
32.01
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Furnished
herewith.
(Back To Top)
Section 2: EX-23.01 (EXHIBIT)
Page-107
EXHIBIT 23.01
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-144807, No. 333-144808, No. 333-144809, No. 333-144810, and No.
333-167639 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 14, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, of Bank of Marin Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2012.
/s/ Moss Adams LLP
Stockton, California
March 14, 2013
(Back To Top)
Section 3: EX-31.01 (EXHIBIT)
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
EXHIBIT 31.01
I, Russell A. Colombo, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bank of Marin Bancorp (the Registrant);
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered
by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of Registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal
controls over financial reporting.
March 14, 2013
Date
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
Russell A. Colombo
Chief Executive Officer
(Back To Top)
Section 4: EX-31.02 (EXHIBIT)
EXHIBIT 31.02
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
I, Christina J. Cook, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bank of Marin Bancorp (the Registrant);
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered
by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of Registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
(b)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal
controls over financial reporting.
March 14, 2013
Date
/s/ Christina J. Cook
Christina J. Cook
Chief Financial Officer
(Back To Top)
Section 5: EX-32.01 (EXHIBIT)
EXHIBIT 32.01
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to §906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Bank of Marin Bancorp (the Registrant) for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the undersigned hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1) such Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2) the information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.
March 14, 2013
Date
March 14, 2013
Date
/s/ Russell A. Colombo
Russell A. Colombo
President &
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Christina J. Cook
Christina J. Cook
Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
This certification accompanies each report pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(Back To Top)